Recommended Price: $5.00

sTÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB PaKTI 1³ Gg;eKøs - Exµr PaKTI 2³ Exµr - Gg;eKøs mCÄmNÐledIm,IsnþiPaBnigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþalnigRsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa GtßaFib,ay niymn½y BaküKnøwH nigkarbkRsayBIkargarksag snþiPaBRsbeTAtamkarvivtþn_én GkSrsa®sþCati . sTÞanuRkm Gtßn½ybkRsayRtwmRtUv man RbmaN 600Bakü nigmanpþl; ]TahrN_sMrab;CaCMnYydl;kar karksagsnþiPaB yl;dwgBIkargarksagsnþiPaB . Peacebuilding Lexicon

PaKTI 1³ Gg;eKøs - Exµr Part One: English – Khmer

Cambodia Development Peacebuilding Lexicon Resource Institute PaKTI 2³ Exµr - Gg;eKøs sTÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB Part Two: Khmer – English 56 Street 315, Tuol Kork, Phnom Penh

Postal address: PO Box 622, Phnom Penh, Cambodia David Wharton Tel: (855-23) 881-384/881-701/881-916 »k esrI esaPkþ× nig /883-603 Tel/Fax: (855-23) 880-734 CamYy Gg;eKøs-Exµr e-mail: [email protected] mas sava:t/ Ca mYyRKI/ Ekb k½NÑar:U/

website: http://www.cdri.org.kh Exµr-Gg;eKøs R)ak; suxanI nig efag kkáda snÞanuRkm karksagsnþiPaB Peacebuilding Lexicon

Ok Serei Sopheak and David Wharton with Meas Savath, Chea Mouy Kry, Kep Kanaro, Prak Sokhany and Thorng Kakada

Centre for Peace and Development Cambodia Development Resource Institute

Phnom Penh, September 2004

Please Note: This lexicon is a work in progress. Feedback and suggestions for improvements to future editions are welcome and can be addressed to “CPD Lexicon” by email to: [email protected], or sent to CDRI. kMNt;sMKal;³ snÞanuRkmenH KWCakargarEdllUtlas;eTAmuxCanic© . eyIgsUmsVaKmn_dl;karpþl; Bt’manRtlb; nigmtieyabl;epSg² edIm,ICYyEklMGdl;kare)aHBum

Peacebuilding Lexicon

Copyright © 2004 Cambodia Development Resource Institute All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means—electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise—without the written permission of the Cambodia Development Resource Institute.

Cambodia Development Resource Institute 56 Street 315, Tuol Kork, Phnom Penh (Postal address: PO Box 622, Phnom Penh, Cambodia) Tel: (855-23) 881-384/881-701/881-916/883-603 Tel/Fax: (855-23) 880-734 e-mail: [email protected] website: http://www.cdri.org.kh

Editing: YOU Sethirith Layout: EM Sorany, OUM Chantha, KHAT Laykim and ENG Saloth Printed and bound in Cambodia by STC (JSRC) Printing House

GarmÖkfa

kñúgry³eBldb;qñaMcugeRkayenH skmµPaBxagvis½yksagvb,Fm’snþiPaBenAkm<úCa man karrIkcMerInKYr[kt;sMKal;CaTIbMput . viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa ¬vbsG¦ )ancUlrYmy:agskmµkñúgvis½yenH eday)anbegáItnUvkmµviFIsnþiPaBmYytaMgBIqñaM1996 EdlmaneQµaHfa mCÄmNÐlkm<úCaedIm,IedaHRsayTMnas; ehIyeRkaymkbþÚrCa mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ rhUtmkdl;sBVéf¶ . CamYynwgskmµPaBd¾mmajwkepSg²eTot vbsG )an pþÜcepþImKMniterobcM sTÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB enHeLIg edaymanshRbtibtþikary:agCitsñiT§ CamYyGgÁkarminEmnrdæaPi)almYycMnYneTot .

sMrab;RKb;vis½yTaMgGs; karR)aRs½yTak;TgKñaeTAvijeTAmkrvagmnusSCatitamry³kar eRbIPasa KWCaktþamUldæanEdlBMuGaceCosvag)an . b:uEnþ karyl;eXIj b¤kar[niymn½yeTAelI BaküeBcn_ enAkñúgPasanImYy² - CaBiesskñúgvis½yenAfµIefµag dUcCa vis½yksagsnþiPaB nigedaH RsayTMnas;enH - EtgtMrUv[manÉksarmYycMnYnCaeKalkñúgkarsVHEsVgrkcMNucÉkPaB eCosvag karminyl;Kña b¤karP½nþRcLM. enAkñúgsµartIenHehIyEdl vbsG )ancMNayeBlCagBIrqñaM edIm,I erobcMsTÞanuRkmenHeLIg eday)anyl;dwgc,as;Nas;fa enHRKan;EtCacMNuccab;epþImEtb:ueNÑaH . kñúgeBlbMeBjkic©karenH eyIg)anCYb]bsKÁCaeRcIn EteyIgk¾)anTTYlmkvijnUvPaBeBjcitþeBj eføIm tamry³kareFVIshRbtibtþikarCamYyGgÁkarÉeTotCaédKU nigmanemaTnPaB edayman GarmµN_fa )ancUlrYmcMENkeFVI[GkSrsa®sþCati mankarrIkcMerInmYykMritEfmeTot enAkñúgvis½y CaKnøwHmYysMrab;RbeTsCatimatuPUmiEdl)anqøgkat;ePøIgs®gÁamGs;CitbITsvtSr_ . enAkñúgkar BiPakSaelIBaküeBcn_nImYy² smaCikRkumkargarmñak;² )anykbTBiesaFn_Cak;Esþgd¾mantMél rbs;xøÜnmkeFVICamUldæankñúgkarbþÚreyabl; kñúgsµartIPatrPaBBitR)akd eyaKyl;KñaeTAvijeTA mk nigelIkdMekIgGkSrsa®sþCati . eyIgk¾)ansegáteXIjRbkbedayemaTnPaBfa exmr³Pasa CaGkSrsa®sþmYymanPaBrs;revIk GacbkRsaynUv sµartI KMnit TsSn³ b¤menaseBa©tna eTaHbI kñúgvis½ymYyd¾fµI dUcCa karksagsnþiPaB nigkaredaHRsayTMnas;enHCaedIm .

i

enAkñúgkarerobcMsTÞanuRkmenH eyIgKitCanic©CakaleTAdl;GñkeRbIR)as;TaMgGs; CaBiess eTAdl;skmµCnTaMgLayEdlts‘Uya:gsVitsVajbMerIkargarksagsnþiPaB nigedaHRsayTMnas; dUecñHehIyeTIbmanBaküeBcn_CaeRcIn)anTTYlnUvkarbkRsayy:aglMGit . eyIgmanCMenOy:ag mutmaMfa skmµCnTaMgenaHCayuT§CnsnþiPaBy:agBitR)akd EdlnwgeFVI[karRsLaj;snþiPaB nig karRbyuT§RbqaMgTl;nwgGMeBIhigSa eRCotcUlbnþicmþg² eTAkñúgpñt;KMnitRbCaBlrdæExµr CaBiess kñúgRsTab;yuvCnCMnan;eRkay edIm,I[RBlwgsnþiPaBenAkñúgRbeTskm<úCakan;EtrwgbuwgeLIg ehIy sßitenAkñúgdYgcitþrbs;eyIgmñak;²Canic©nirnþr_teTA .

dUceyIg)anbBa¢ak;BIxagelIehIy sTÞanuRkmenHRKan;EtCakarcab;epþImmYyEtb:ueNaÑH . eyIgsgÇwmfa GñkeRbIR)as; nigskmµCnksagsnþiPaBTaMgGs; nwgnaMykbTBiesaFn_fµI²mkCYy EklMGCabnþbnÞab;EfmeTot edIm,I[GkSrsa®sþCatieyIgkñúgvis½yenHmankarrIkcMerIn\tQb;Qr.

sUm[snÞanuRkmenH køayCakarcUlrYmcMENkmYyd¾smRsb kñúgkarksagsnþiPaByUr GEgVgenAkm<úCa .

raCFanIPñMeBj/ Ex]sPa 2004 »k esrI esaPkþ×

ii

Preface

During the last ten years, the peace sector in Cambodia has been significantly developed. The Cambodia Development Resource Institute (CDRI) has been very active in the sector, in particular through the Cambodian Centre for Conflict Resolution which it established in 1996 (later renamed the Centre for Peace and Development). Amongst other projects, CDRI initiated the preparation of this Peacebuilding Lexicon, with cooperation from other peacebuilding NGOs. In all sectors, language constitutes a fundamental element of communication between human beings. However, the understanding of the definition given to each word in each language - particularly in new disciplines like the culture of peace and conflict resolution - needs to be based on some referent documents if we want to have a general agreement about their meaning in order to avoid misunderstanding and confusion. It is in this spirit that CDRI has spent more than two years preparing this lexicon, at the same time being aware that this is just a starting point. We have met many difficulties, but we have also received great satisfaction and pride in return, and the strong feeling that we have contributed to upgrade the national language in cooperation with NGO partners. These efforts have taken place in a key sector for a country that has been through three decades of war. During the discussions of each word, members of the Working Group brought valuable field experience in a spirit of true friendship, mutual understanding, and in the interest of the national language. We noted with pride that the Khmer language is very rich and flexible in interpreting the spirit, ideas, thoughts and feelings, even in relatively new disciplines such as peacebuilding and conflict resolution. During the preparation of this lexicon, our thoughts went out constantly to the users, especially to all the activists that are working tirelessly in the fields of peacebuilding and conflict resolution, which is the reason why many words are explained in great detail. We strongly believe that those activists are the true soldiers of peace who will use their love of peace to overcome violence. This will gradually become part of the attitude of the Cambodian people, particularly among the new generation, in such a way that the spirit of peace becomes stronger and stronger in Cambodia and takes root in all our hearts and minds. As already mentioned, this lexicon is just a starting point. We hope that all users and activists in the field of peacebuilding will continue to make valuable changes to this initial work based on their experience, so that our language will continue to make progress. May this lexicon contribute, in its modest way, to building a long-lasting peace in Cambodia. OK SEREI Sopheak Phnom Penh, May 2004

iii

esckþIepþIm nigesckþIEføgGMNrKuN

sTÞanuRkmenH KWCatwktagénviFankard¾RbesIrEdlsgÁmkm<úCaRKb;Can;fñak;)andak;Gnuvtþ edIm,Iksagvb,Fm’snþiPaB nigedIm,IeqøIytbnwgkarERbRbYld¾RCaleRCAEdlnaMmkedaysRgÁam RBm TaMgdMeNIrkarsþarksagRbeTseLIgvij . GnþrkalxagRbCasaRsþ esdækic© nigvb,Fm’Edlbnþman plb:HBal;y:agFMeFgeTAelIsgÁmkm<úCaCaRbéBNI )anTamTar[manviFIfµI²eTotsMrab;R)aRs½y Tak;TgnwgeFVIkargarCamYyKña . CalT§pl GgÁkarCaeRcIn)anbBa©ÚlTidæPaBepSg²énkarksag snþiPaBeTAkñúgkmµviFInanarbs;xøÜn RBmTaMg)anpþl;karbNþúHbNþalxag karRKb;RKgTMnas;GhigSa siT§imnusS nigvis½yCab;Tak;TinCaeRcIneTot ehIyk¾)anbegáItvaküs½BÞmYyfµIenAkñúgRbeTskm<úCa . BaküTaMgenHenAefµagfµIenAeLIy eTaHbIkñúgPasaGg;eKøskþIEdlTamTar[mankarkMNt;niymn½y edIm,I[GñkniyayGg;eKøsCaPasakMeNItGacyl;)an dUecñHkarksagvaküs½BÞEbbenHenAkñúgPasa Exµr KWrwtEtsµúKsµajmYykMriteTot . mü:ageTotBYkGñkGnuvtþkarRKb;RKgTMnas;tamEbbRbéBNI )an cab;GarmµN_kan;EteRcIneLIg BItMrUvkarykviFIsaRsþnaMcUlBIbreTsnana mkerobcMsMrYleTAtam vb,Fm’kñúgRsuk . esovePAenH maneKaledACMrujdMeNIrkarxagelI nigpþl;siT§iGMNac[tYGgÁkñúgRsuk kñúgkar ksagvaküs½BÞExµr sMrab;eRbICamUldæanrYmkñúgkarEsVgyl; nigRKb;RKgTMnas; . esovePAenHman eKaledAbMpuskarCECkEvkEjkBIBaküExµr ¬nigGg;eKøs¦ CaCagBüayamGHGagfaBaküNamYy BitCaRtwmRtUvdac;Nat; . sTÞanuRkmk¾min)anBüayamedaHRsaynUvbBaðaCab;Tak;Tinl¥xagvb,Fm’ b¤k¾kargayRsYlepÞrcuHeLIgqøgPasaenaHEdr b:uEnþ)anxitxMBnül;BaküGg;eKøs[)anc,as;bMputtam GaceFVI)an edIm,I[GñkGnuvtþenAkm<úCaGacyl;)an . edaysarvaCa sTÞanuRkmGg;eKøs-Exµr dUecñHmanBaküExµrCaeRcInBMuRtUv)anelIkeLIgeT . Epñk Exµr-Gg;eKøs enAPaKTIBIrénsTÞanuRkmenH manpþl;EtBakübkERbb:ueNÑaH edIm,IgayeTArkemIlenAkñúgniymn½ycMbg²rbs;va . dMeNIrkar bc©úb,nñénkarerobcMsMrYltamvb,Fm’ nigkarksagKMrU nigTsSn³epSg²rbs;km<úCapÞal; RtUvkar eBlevlaeRcInqñaM nigkarRtiHriHBicarNaEp¥kelIbTBiesaFn_enApÞal;kEnøg dUecñHehIyKWminGaceFVI ekItenAkñúgesovePAenHeT .

iv

KMnitbegáItsTÞanuRkmBaküxagedaHRsayTMnas; )anelIkeLIgCadMbUgedayGñkcUlrYmkñúgvKÁ bNþúHbNþalsþIBIkaredaHRsayTMnas;EdlerobcMeday mCÄmNÐlkm<úCaedIm,IedaHRsayTMnas;1 kñúg kic©shkarCamYyGgÁkaredImenAGg;eKøsmaneQµaHfa {eqøIytbnwgTMnas; (Responding to Conflict: RTC)} . karbNþúHbNþalry³ 8s)þah_eFVICaPasaGg;eKøsmanbkERbCaExµr KWCavKÁTI1 RbePTenHenAkm<úCa ehIy)anbBa©ÚlBakü nigTsSn³fµI²CaeRcIn . KMnitxagelIRtUv)annayika vbsG KWelakRsI eGv:a mIsøIvik nigbuKÁliknanaénmCÄmNÐlkm<úCaedIm,IedaHRsayTMnas; TTYlyk ehIyelak gI sn m®nþIkmµviFIrbs;mCÄmNÐl k¾)ancab;epþImkargarBIdMbUg²elIsTÞanuRkmBIrPasa sMrab;BaküeBcn_xagedaHRsayTMnas; . elakRsI Josephine Barbour nigelak Bob McLaughlin k¾)ancgRkgsTÞanuRkmPasaGg;eKøsmYy énBaküeBcn_eRbIkñúgesovePAbNþúHbNþalxagedaHRsay TMnas;rbs;mCÄmNÐlkm<úCaedIm,IedaHRsayTMnas; Edl)anehIyeRsc)ac;enAqñaM2000 . Éksar TaMgBIrxagelI )anpþl;KMnitsMrab;sTÞanuRkmenH fVIebIkñúgrUbPaBbc©úb,nñvaminsUvdUcKñakþI . karpøas;bþÚr eRcInEbbenH vaqøúHbBa©aMgBIkarrIklUtlas;kñúgkargarksagsnþiPaBenAkm<úCakñúgry³eBlmYyd¾xøI . kñúgkic©bMerIkarCaCMnYykarbec©keTsrbs; mCÄmNÐledIm,IsnþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ ´manPBVl¥ RtUv)anRbKl;Parkic©[bnþkargarelIKMeragenH ehIy)antak;EtgGtßbTCaPasaGg;eKøsfµImYyeTot. mankrNICaeRcInEdlkarpþl;niymn½yCaGg;eKøsKWCabBaðaRbQmd¾FM ehIyelak »k esrI esaPk×þ EdlCaGñksMrbsMrYlénmCÄmNÐledIm,IsnþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ naeBlenaH k¾CYbbBaðab:unKñaEdrkñúgkar bkERbCaPasaExµr . karRbwgERbgpþl;ÉksarCaPasaExµrmYyEdlGaceRbIkarekIt CaerOy²)annaM [mankarEksMrYlGtßbTGg;eKøseLIgvij ehIykargarrYmKñarbs;BYkeyIgenAkñúgdMNak;kalenaH )anCYy[eyIgrIklUtlas;mYykMriteTot . kargarQanmuxrbs; vbsG sBVéf¶ kñúgkarksagvKÁ bNþúHbNþalCaPasaExµrsþIBIkarRKb;RKgTMnas; k¾CaFnFand¾sMxan;mYysMrab;karcgRkg nigkar bkERbsTÞanuRkmenHEdr . kñúgenH´sUmGrKuNCaBiesscMeBaHRkumbNþúHbNþalénmCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ nigTIRbwkSabreTs KWmanelakRsI h‘uy rMdYl/ elakRsI TUc v:arIn/ elak mas sav:at/ elakRsI Josephine Barbour nig elakRsI Emma Leslie, Edl)anksag nigeRbIR)as; sakl,gnUvemeronepSg² . GñkcUlrYmCaeRcInEdlminGacerobrab;eQµaHGs; k¾)anCYypþl;Bt’man RtLb;d¾mantMélpgEdr .

1 mCÄmNÐlkm<úCaedIm,IedaHRsayTMnas; )anpøas;eQµaHfµIenAkñúgqñaM2000 Ca mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ . v

enAeBlGtßbTRBagcab;epþImecjCarUbrag ¬ehIycMnYnBakük¾ekIneLIg¦ eKaledAd¾sMxan; mYy KWkarmUlmtiKñakñúgcMeNamGñkCab;Bak;B½n§nanaenAelIniymn½y nigkarbkERbCaPasaExµr ehIy RkumkargarmYyénBYkGñkGnuvtþkargarRKb;RKgTMnas;kñúgRsuk )anCYbRbCMuKñay:ageTogTat;kñúgeBj mYyqñaM2003 . cMeBaHBaküecn_EdlRtUvdak;bBa©Úl b¤kMNt;niymn½y k¾mankarmUlmtiKñaEdr . Ca mYyRKI (CRS¦/ Ekb k½NÑar:U (PADEK), R)ak; suxanI (JICA), nig efag kkáda ¬ExµrGhigSa¦/ RtUv )ansamIGgÁkarerog²xøÜnpþl;eBly:agsb,úrs[mkcUlrYmkñúgKMeragenH . smaCikRkumkargarEdl mkBI vbsG KWmanelak mas sav:at/ elak »k esrI esaPkþ× nigrUb´ . kñúgkarerobragniymn½yCaPasaGg;eKøs ´)aneRbIR)as;Bt’mankñúgGuinfWNit nigÉksarCa eRcIn . ebIKµanRbPBTaMgenHeT karkMNt;niymn½yBaküTUeTAdUcCa {TMnas;} b¤ {ePrvkmµ} RtUvCYb karlM)akxøHeTAehIy edayminTan;Kitdl;niymn½yBakübec©keTsx

David Wharton PñMeBj 26 emsa 2004

vi

Introduction and Acknowledgements

This lexicon is testimony to the remarkable steps that are being taken at all levels of Cambodian society to build a culture of peace and to address the dramatic changes brought about not only by war, but also by the process of recovery itself. The demographic, economic, and cultural transitions which continue to have immense impact on traditional Cambodian society demand new ways to communicate and work together. As a result, many organisations are incorporating aspects of peacebuilding into their programmes and offering training in conflict management, nonviolence, human rights, and related fields, and a new vocabulary is being developed in Cambodia. Many of these terms are new even to the English language and require definition in order to be understood by native speakers, adding to the challenges of developing such a vocabulary in Khmer. There is also a growing awareness among Cambodian practitioners of traditional methods of conflict management and finding culturally relevant adaptations of imported methods. This book is intended to enhance this process and to empower local actors to build a Khmer-language vocabulary as a common basis for understanding and managing conflict. It is meant to stimulate the debate of Khmer (and English) terms rather than claim to be a definitive version. Likewise, it does not attempt to address issues of cultural relevance or transferability, but to simply explain the English language terms as clearly as possible so that they may be understood by practitioners in Cambodia. And since it is primarily an English- Khmer lexicon, many indigenous Khmer terms are not covered. An Khmer-English section in the second part of the book provides terms in translation only, for easy reference to the main definitions. The ongoing process of cultural adaptation and of further developing Cambodian models and concepts will take years of practice and reflection based on field experience, and cannot be attempted in the pages of this book. The idea for a lexicon of conflict resolution terms was first suggested by participants in Core Training in Conflict Resolution, a course conducted in 1997-98 by the Cambodian Centre for Conflict Resolution (CCCR)2 in conjunction with the UK- based organisation Responding to Conflict (RTC). This eight-week course conducted in English with Khmer translation was the first of its kind in Cambodia, and introduced many new terms and concepts. The idea was taken forward by the CDRI Director, Eva Mysliwiec, and other CCCR staff, and initial work on a draft bilingual lexicon of conflict resolution terms was done in 1999 by NGY San, a Programme Officer at the Centre. Josephine Barbour and Bob McLaughlin also wrote an English language glossary of terms for the CCCR Training Manual for Conflict Resolution they completed in 2000. Both of these texts provided inspiration for the present work, although it now bears little resemblance to them. That it has changed so much is a

2 The Cambodian Centre for Conflict Resolution was renamed the Centre for Peace and Development in 2000. vii reflection of developments in peacebuilding in Cambodia in such a short time. While working as Technical Assistant to CPD in 2002-2003, I was fortunate to be asked to continue work on this project and drafted a new English language version. In many cases, providing English language definitions was a serious challenge, equalled only by that facing OK Serei Sopheak, the CPD Coordinator at that time, who provided Khmer translations. Attempts to provide a workable Khmer version often lead to a revision of the English, and our joint work at this stage in the project was enriching for both of us. CDRI’s pioneering work in developing a variety of conflict management training courses in Khmer language over this period was also an essential resource in compiling and translating the present lexicon. Special acknowledgement is due to the CPD training team and expatriate consultants - HUY Romduol, TOUCH Varine, and MEAS Savath, Josephine Barbour and Emma Leslie - in developing and pilot testing course materials. Participants who provided valuable feedback are too many to mention by name. As the draft began to take shape (and the number of terms grew) an important goal was the consensus of stakeholders on the definitions and Khmer translations, and a Working Group of experienced local conflict management practitioners met regularly at CDRI throughout 2003. Consensus was also reached on which terms should be included or defined. CHEA Muoy Kry (Catholic Relief Services), KEP Kannaro (PADEK), PRAK Sokhany (JICA), and THORNG Kakada (Khmer Ahimsa) were generously allowed time by their organisations for this project. CDRI members of the Working Group were MEAS Savath, OK Serei Sopheak, and myself. In writing the English definitions, I made use of a wide variety of written and Internet resources, of which there are too many to list here. Without them it would have been difficult to attempt definitions of such common terms as “conflict” or “terrorism” to say nothing of more technical definitions of “multi-track diplomacy” or the Geneva Conventions. Wherever possible, the definition reflects the specialised way that a term is used in peacebuilding discourse and in the Cambodian context. No definition is provided where the meaning of the Khmer term is clear. The final text benefited from the insightful comments of John McConnell (author of Mindful Mediation - A Handbook for Buddhist Peacemakers) and Yeng Virak and colleagues (at the Community Legal Education Center, Phnom Penh), who volunteered their time and expert opinions in specialised areas. Their assistance and support is greatly appreciated. The compilation and publication of this lexicon was made possible though funding support from Novib. Lastly, thanks are due to the many people from grassroots to national levels who are working for peace and human security in Cambodia. They provided the real inspiration for this book, and it is dedicated to them. David Wharton Phnom Penh May 2004

viii

PaKTI 1 sTÞanuRkmGg;eKøs-Exµr edaymanP¢ab;Gtßn½ysRmab;;BaküKnøwH

Part One

English – Khmer Lexicon

with definitions

Peacebuilding Lexicon - 1 - sTÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

ABC triangle RtIekaN c> T> b> A tool developed by Chris Mitchell to analyse ]bkrN_CaKMnUrRtIekaN erobcMeLIgedayelak the inter-relatedness of Attitudes, Behaviours RKIs mitEql eRbIsMrab;viPaKkarR)aRs½yTak; and Context related to key needs for each of TgrvagRCugTaMgbIénTMnas;NamYy edayRCúug the major parties in a conflict. Mitchell says nImYy²tMNag[citþ¼KMnit¬c¦/ TegVI¬T¦ b¤kar that every conflict will have three dimensions RbRBwtþ nigbribT ¬b¦ . elak mitEql niyay for the people involved: fa enAkñúgTMnas;nImYy² EdlmanmnusSBak;B½n§ Attitudes (willingness to change, fixed kñúgenaH RtUvmanRTg;RTayTaMgbIKW³ positions, emotions, views); citþ¼KMnit ¬c¦ ¬manqnÞ³pøas;bþÚr CMhrmingaker Behaviours (agitation, demands, pleas, menaseBa©tna nigkaryl;eXIj ¦ . violence); TegVI ¬T¦ b¤karRbRBwtþ ¬karrMeCIbrMCYl kar Context (the background: for example TamTar karGgVrkr GMeBIhigSa¦ . scarcity of resources, competition, bribT ¬b¦ ¬ktþaCMuvij³ ]TahrN_ PaBkRm disagreement, etc. and the present situation). énFnFanEdlRtUvEbgEck karRbkYtRbECg

Kña karminÉkPaBKña .l.¦ sßanPaBbc©úb,nñ . TegVI ¬T¦ Behaviours RtIekaN c T b ABC Triangle

esckþIRtUvkarcMbg Key Need citþ¼KMnit ¬c¦ bribT ¬b¦ Attitudes Context ability PaBGaceFVIGVI)an The power or capacity to do something. siT§iGMNac b¤smtßPaBedIm,IeFVIGVImYy .

Peacebuilding Lexicon - 2 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB abuse of discretion karrMelaP b¤ karbMBanGMNac An improper use of authority in which kareRbIR)as;GMNacTaMgbMBan edayBMu)anKit unreasonable or wrongful action is taken dl;sßankarN_Cak;Esþg b¤c,ab;CaFrman . without regard for relevant facts or laws. access karcUldl; b¤ TTYl)an Coming into the presence of, or into contact kar)anCYbnwgvtþman/ b¤)ancUlBak;B½n§CamYyGVI with, something or someone. mYy b¤RBwtþikarN_GVImYy b¤nrNamñak; . accessible EdlGaccUldl;/ GacTTYl)an Can be accessed. Someone who is accessible GñkNamñak;EdleKGaccUldl; KWGñkEdleK is easy to meet and talk to. RsYlCYb nigRsYlniyayeTArk . accommodate TTYl[sñak; b¤ sMrbtam b¤ yl;RBm a. To provide space for someone to stay in k> TTYlnrNamñak;[sñak;enAkñúgpÞHrbs;xøÜn . your house. b. To accept and take account of someone x> TTYlsÁal; b¤sMrbtam pl RbeyaCn_ b¤ else’s interests or needs when they are tRmUvkarrbs;nrNamñak; eTaHbImindUcKñanwgrbs; different from your own. To adapt yourself to xøÜnÉgk¾eday . satisfy the interests or needs of someone else. accord kic©RBmeRBog b¤ eyagelIsc©anumti see also: treaty sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ sn§isBaØa An international agreement with a status kic©RBmeRBogGnþrCati EdlmankMritTabCag below that of a treaty. For example, the 1991 sn§isBaØa (treaty) . ]TahrN_ kic©RBmeRBog Paris Peace Accords signed by the different TIRkúug):arIs EdlcuHhtßelxaedayPaKICemøaH parties to the conflict in Cambodia. enAkm<úCa . accuse ecaTRbkan; mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 3 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB accusation karecaTRbkan; achieve seRmc ¬eKalbMng¦ b¤ bMeBj ¬ebskkmµ¦ act c,ab; b¤ eFVI a. A decree or law passed by a legislative k> c,ab;Edl)anGnum½tiedaysPa. body. b. To do. x> eFVIskmµPaBGVImYy. c. Something done. K> GMeBIGVImYyEdl)aneFVIrYcehIy. Action Learning Cycle vdþeronsURtBIskmµPaB see also: elicitive/prescriptive, problem-posing sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ EdlbMpusKMnit¼Edl approach dak;bBaØtþi/ viFIecaTCabBaða Action Learning is the process of consciously KWCadMeNIrkareronsURtedaysti GMBIbT learning from experience in order to improve BiesaFn_knøgmk sMrab;Gnuvtþ[)ankan;Etl¥ future practice. The Action Learning Cycle eTAGnaKt. vdþeronsURtBIskmµPaB CYybMEbk simplifies a complex process into an ordinary dMeNIrkarmYyd¾saMjaMú mkCaCMhangayRsYlKW³ set of steps: Action-Reflection-Learning- skmµPaB - karBicarNa - kareronsURt Planning-Action. The end of each cycle kareFVIEpnkar - skmµPaB . kñúgdMeNIrkarenH becomes the beginning of the next cycle. In cMNucbBa©b;énvdþmYy KWCacMNuccab;epþIménvdþ Action Learning theory, learning is enhanced mYybnþeTot . kñúgkareFVIrebobenH kareronsURt when we are conscious of all four stages. nwg)ankan;EtRbesIrEfmeTot ebIsinCaeyIg skmµPaB yl;dwgedaystinUvdMNak;kalTaMgbYnénvdþ . Action

vdþeronsURtBIskmµPaB kareFVIEpnkar Action Learning karBicarNa Planning Cycle Reflection

kareronsURt Learning mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 4 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB active listening karsþab;edayskmµ see also: communication skills or tools, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eTBekaslüCMnajkñúg paraphrase, questioning, summarise karR)aRs½yTak;Tg/ karbkRsayRbeyaK/ sil,³kñúgkarsaksYr/ srubcMNucsMxan; b¤ segçb A communication skill in which the listener’s KWCaCMnajmYykñúgkarTMnak;TMng EdlenAkñúgenaH own ideas and reactions are suspended in Gñksþab;RtUvBüÜrTukmYyGenøIsinnUvKMnit nigRbti order to focus on understanding both the kmµrbs;xøÜnpÞal; edIm,Ip©g;KMnitEteTAelIRbFan content of what the speaker says and their bT nigectnarmµN_rbs;GñkEdlkMBugniyay . feelings. In addition to silent listening, a CabEnßmelI karsþab;edayes¶óms¶at; mankar number of other tools are used to elicit further eRbI]bkrN_epSg²eTot edIm,IRbmUlBt’man[ information, to check that the listener has kan;Etc,as; edIm,IbBa¢ak;fa Gñksþab;)anyl; understood the speaker correctly, and to stay c,as;nUv sMdIrbs;Gñkniyay nigcab;)annUvGVI focused on the point, such as: asking Edlmansar³sMxan; dUcCa karsYrsMnYr kareFVIbT questions, summarising, paraphrasing, and segçbrMlwkeLIgvij karbrRbeyaK nigkar reflecting the speaker’s feelings. Active BicarNaelIectnarmµN_rbs;Gñkniyay . listening also takes account of “body karsþab;edayskmµ k¾RtUvykcitþTukdak;eTAelI language” and emotions and feelings which Gtßn½yEdlbeBa©jeLIg edayPasaCakayvikar are expressed indirectly. RbmTaMgmenaseBa©tna nigectnarmµN_ Edl bgðajeLIgedaymincMeBaH . active nonviolence GhigSaskmµ see also: direct action, non-cooperation, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ skmµPaBedaycMeBaH/ nonviolence karKµanshRbtibtþikar GhigSa Active nonviolence is a technique by which enHKWCaviFImYy EdlCnmñak;GaccUlBak;B½n§nwg people can engage with conflict situations TMnas;edaymineRbIGMeBIhigSa . vaBMuEmnCa without using violence. It is not passive or CMhrGskmµ/ karcuHj:m/ b¤karBüayameCos submissive or an attempt to avoid or ignore vag¼minRBmebIkEPñkemIlTMnas;enaHeT . b:uEnþ mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 5 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB conflict. It consists of acts of protest and vaCakartv:a/ karxMRbwgbBa©úHbBa©Úl/ karminrYm persuasion, non-cooperation (the most shRbtibtþikar ¬maneRbIeRcInCageK¦/ ehIy common form) and nonviolent intervention nigkareFVIGnþraKmn_GhigSa kñúgeKalbMngeFVI[ designed to undermine the sources of power regÁaHregÁI dl;mUldæanénGMNacrbs;PaKImçag of the opponent in order to bring about eTot edIm,IjúaMg[mankarpøas;bþÚr . change. kMNt;sMKal;³ GhigSamann½yfaKµanhigSa . Et eyIgRtUvyl;[TUlayfa GhigSaKWCaRbB½n§d¾xøaMg køamYyedayeRbICMnajmYyEbbeTot edIm,IedaH RsayTMnas;edayBMucaM)ac;eRbIhigSa . activism skmµniym Coordinated actions taken to achieve social or kareRbIskmµPaBRbTak;RkLaKña edIm,InaM[man political change. karpøas;bþÚrkñúgneya)ay nigsgÁm. activist Gñkskmµniym b¤ skmµCn Someone who works to achieve social or GñkEdleFVIkar edIm,InaM[mankarpøas;bþÚrkñúg political change, especially as an active neya)ay nigsgÁm CaBiessedaycUlCa member of an organisation. smaCikskmµkñúgGgÁkarNamYy . actors and approaches tYGgÁnananigviFIsaRsþepSg² b¤ tYGgÁnana A framework for understanding the different nigdMeNaHRsayepSg² roles played by the main actors (focusing on KWCaeRKag b¤KMrUmYykñúgkarEsVgyl;GMBItYnaTI leadership at top, mid-range and grassroots rbs;tYGgÁsMxan;²kñúgTMnas; ¬edayykcitþTuk levels) within a population affected by dak;eTAelIfñak;dwknaMRKb;lMdab; TaMgxagelI/ conflict, and different peacebuilding kNþal nigfñak;eRkam¦ kñúgcMeNamRbCaBlrdæ approaches which are appropriate for each EdlrgeRKaHedaysarTMnas;enaH nigEsVgyl; level. pgEdrnUvviFIsaRsþepSg² kñúgkarksagsnþiPaB EdlsmRsbeTAnwgkMritTaMgenaH . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 6 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

Actors RbePTéntYGgÁ³ Level 1: Military, political, religious with kMritTI1³ GñkdwknaMEdlelceFøaxøaMgkñúgEpñk high visibility eyaFa neya)ay sasna . Level 2: Ethnic, religious, academic, kMritTI2³ GñkdwknaMfñak;kNþalén CatiBn§ sasna intellectual, humanitarian leaders bBaØv½nþ GñkdwknaMEpñkmnusSFm’epSg² . Level 3: Local authorities, indigenous NGOs, kMritTI3³ GaCJaFrmUldæan/ GgÁkarminEmn community developers, civil servants rdæaPi)alkñúgRsuk/ GñkGPivDÆn_shKmn_/ m®nþI raCkar . Approaches to peacebuilding will differ at viFIsaRsþksagsnþiPaB ERbRbYlxusKña eTAtam each level: kMritnImYy² ³ Level 1: High-level negotiations, such as for kMritTI1³ karcrcafñak;x

A legal process in which a judge or panel KWCadMeNIrkartampøÚvc,ab;mYyEdlecARkm b¤Rkum listens to evidence from both sides and makes CMnMuCRmH TTYlsþab;nUvehtuplrbs;KUvivaTTaMgsg a judgement based on statute and which is xag ehIyeFVIkarkat;kþIeTAtamlMnaMc,ab;. esckþI then legally binding. Someone who acts as a seRmcenaH nwgRtUv)anFanaedayc,ab; . GñkEdl judge in an adjudication is called an kat;kþIdUcecARkmenAkñúgmCÄtþkarkþIvivaTNamYy adjudicator. eKehAfa mCÄtþkr b¤ GaCJakNþal . adjudicator mCÄtþkr see adjudication sUmemIlBakü³ mCÄtþkar adversary RbtibkS b¤ KURbqaMg Adversaries are people who oppose each other KWCaGñkEdlRbQmmuxdak;KñaeTAvijeTAmkkñúgTM in a conflict. They are also called opponents, nas; . eKGacehA)anfa KURbqaMg/ PaKICMTas; parties, or disputants. b¤GñkmanCemøaH . advise ENnaM b¤ pþl;eyabl; advisory mediation karsMruHsMrYledaypþl;eyabl; Preliminary step for parties in conflict in the karpþÜcepþImKMnit enAkñúgCMhandMbUg énynþkar early phase of a resolution process in which a edaHRsayTMnas;EdlenAkñúgenaH PaKITIbI CYy third party helps to lay out possible ways to bgðajnItiviFI b¤pøÚvTaMgLayEdlGacQaneTArk move forward. karedaHRsayTMnas; . advisory role tYnaTICaTIRbwkSa A role in which a person’s input is limited to CatYnaTIrbs;GñkNamñak;EdlGacRtwmEtpþl;eya giving advice to others, without the authority to bl;dl;GñkdéT edayKµansiT§ b¤GMNac kñúgkar participate in decision-making or take action. cUlrYmseRmccitþ b¤eFVIskmµPaB . advocacy karts‘Umti The process of working for a particular cause dMeNIrkarKaMRTnigCMrujJd¾skmµnUvKMnit b¤pl or a particular side’s interests in a conflict by RbeyaCn_énPaKINamYykñúgCemøaH edayxMRbwg persuading others to support it. bBa©úHbBa©ÚlGñkÉeTot[KaMRT . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 8 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB advocate CYyKaMRT a. To practice advocacy. k> eFVIkarts‘Umti. b. A person who practices advocacy, who speaks x> GñkEdleFVIskmµPaBkñúgkarts‘Umti nigEdl in favour of a particular proposal or cause. tv:aedIm,IKaMRTsMeNI b¤buBVehtuNamYy . affirm GHGag b¤ bBa¢ak; To assert strongly. To state as a fact. FanaGHGagxøaMgkøa RbkasnUverOgGVImYyfaBit . agenda rebobvar³ b¤ bMNg see also: hidden agenda sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ erOgr:avlak;kM)aMg a. A list of things to be done. k> bBa¢Ikic©karmYycMnYnEdlRtUveFVI . b. A list of the subjects to be discussed at a x> RbFanbTmYycMnYnEdlelIkmkBiPakSakñúgGgÁRbCMu . meeting. K> KMnit buBVehtu b¤CMenONamYyEdlnrNamñak; c. An idea or cause that a person or group b¤mnusSmYyRkum cg;elIksÞÜytMekIgeLIg . wishes to pursue or promote.

Agenda for Peace rebobvar³sMrab;snþiPaB A document produced in 1992 by then UN Éksartak;EtgeT,Ig enAqñaM1992 eday bNÐit Secretary General Dr. Boutros Boutros Ghali bU‘RtUs hÁalI GKÁelxaGgÁkarshRbCaCati in which he proposed responsibilities and EdlEcgBIkarTTYlxusRtUv nigkareqøIytbrbs; responses for the UN and international GgÁkarshRbCaCati nigshKmn_GnþrCati kñúg community in dealing with contemporary karedaHRsayTMnas;naeBlbc©úb,nñ . rebobvar³ conflicts. The Agenda includes four major rYmmanskmµPaBsMxan;²bYn³ karbgáarCemøaH areas of activity: Preventive Diplomacy; tampøÚvTUt/ kareFVI[mansnþiPaB/ karrkSa Peacemaking; Peacekeeping; and Post- snþiPaB nigkarksagsnþiPaBbnÞab;BIsRgÁam . conflict Peacebuilding. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 9 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB aggression karQøanBan a. Feelings or behaviour intended to threaten k> GarmµN_ b¤ Gakb,kiriyaGmitþ. or injure others. x>kareRbIR)as;kMlaMgeyaFaedayRbeTsmYy b. The use of armed force by a state against RbqaMgGFibetyüPaB bUrNPaBEdndI b¤ ÉkraC the sovereignty, territorial integrity or PaBneya)ayénrdædéT . political independence of another state. agreement kic©RBmeRBog a. Mutual understanding or consent about k> kareyaKyl; b¤karRBmeRBogKñaelIGVI something. mYy . b. A joint decision. x> esckþIseRmcrYmKña . c. An official document to show that two or K> ÉksarCapøÚvkarEdlbgðajfa PaKIBIr b¤ more parties have agreed to something. eRcIn )anRBmeRBogKñaelIGVImYy . akusalā mūlā GkuslmUl see also: dosa, lobha, moha sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eTas³/ elaP³/ emah³ (Pāli) In Buddhism, the akusalā mūlā or kñúgRTwsþIRBHBuT§sasna ¬Pasa)alI¦ Gkusl “unwholesome roots” are greed (lobha), hate mUl b¤ {b£sKl;Edlminl¥{ KWmankarelaPln; (dosa), and delusion (moha). Any action of ¬elaP³¦/ esckþIxwgs¥b; ¬eTas³¦ nigkarvegVg body, speech or mind conditioned by the vgVan; ¬emah³¦. skmµPaBNamYyEdlbeBa©j akusalā mūlā will be karmically eLIgtamry³kayvikar/ sMdI b¤KMnit nigEdl unwholesome and lead to suffering. Likewise, TTYl\T§iBlBIGkuslmUl nwgTTYlkmµminl¥ there are three kusalā mūlā or “wholesome ehIynwgnaMeTArkTukçevTna . RsbKñaenH k¾man roots” which are their opposites and lead to kuslmUl b¤ {b£sKl;l¥brisuT§{ EdlpÞúyKñanwg karmically wholesome action. GkuslmUl nigEdlnaMeTArkskmµPaBl¥ .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 10 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB allegation karGHGagbMepøIs b¤ karecaTRbkan;eday A statement without proof that someone has KµanPsþúútag done something wrong or illegal. esckþIEføgedayKµanPsþútagfa nrNamñak;)an eFVIGVImYyminsmrmü b¤xusc,ab; . alliance sm½ CakarRBmeRBogrvagRkummnusS GgÁkar b¤ organisations or nations to work together in RbCaCati edIm,IeFVIkarrYmKña EsVgrkpl pursuit of mutual interests. RbeyaCn_rYm . b. A collective group of organisations, x> eKk¾eRbIBaküenH sMrab;ehARkumGgÁkar/ RbCa nations, etc. that have made such an Cati >>>Edl)aneFVIkarRBmeRBogKñaEbbenHEdr . agreement. alternative viFI b¤ CMerIsepSg Something that someone can choose to do or GVIEdleKGaceRCIserIseFVI b¤k¾eRbIR)as;CMnYsGVI use instead of something else. epSgeTot . alternative dispute resolution (ADR) CMerIsepSgkñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas; see also: arbitration, mediation, negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karvinicä½y Methods of voluntary dispute resolution karsRmuHsRmYl karcrca outside the judicial system, in which viFIedaHRsayTMnas;edaysµ½RKcitþ enAeRkARbB½n§ conflictants have the opportunity to present tulakar . kñúgviFIenH PaKITMnas;KñaTaMgGs;man their views and to find mutually acceptable »kasbgðajnUvkaryl;eXIjrbs;xøÜn nigrk options for settlement. eXIjnUvCMerIsepSg²EdlTaMgsgxagGacTTYl yk)an edIm,IedaHRsayvivaT . amend eFVIviesaFnkmµ b¤ EkERb To make changes, corrections or eFVIkarpøas;bþÚr EktRmUv b¤EklMG nUvÉksar b¤ improvements to a document or law. c,ab;NamYy . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 11 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB amendment viesaFnkmµ b¤ karEkERb A formal revision of, or addition to a law or karpøas;bþÚr EkERbc,ab;Edl)anGnum½trYcehIy document such as a bill or a constitution. dUcCaesckþIRBagc,ab; b¤rdæFmµnuBaØ . amnesty karelIkElgeTas An official act of pardon granted by a esckþIseRmcelIkElgeTasCapøÚvkar eday government for past crimes, generally for rdæaPi)al cMeBaHbTelµIsEdl)anRbRBwtþknøg political offences such as treason and mkEdlCaTUeTATak;TgnwgkrNIneya)ay dUcCa rebellion, and covering a specific period of kark,t; b¤karbHe)ar kñúgry³eBlmankMNt;Na time. Also a period of time during which you mYy . BaküenHmann½ymü:ageTot KWry³eBl can admit to breaking the law without being mYyEdleKGaccUlsarPaBfa )anRbRBwtiþpÞúy prosecuted: e.g. for handing illegal weapons nwgc,ab;edayBMumanTTYleTas . ]> RbKl;Ga to the authorities. vuFxusc,ab;[GaCJaFrmansmtßkic©vijCaedIm . analysis karviPaK see also: ABC triangle, conflict mapping, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RtIekaN c T b/ conflict tree, doughnut tool, force-field analysis, EpnTITMnas; edImeQITMnas; ]bkrN_ dUNat; pillars, stages of conflict, timeline karviPaKkmøaMgCak;EsþgkñúgTMnas; CnÞl;énbBaða dMNak;kalénTMnas; ExSeBlevla Analysis is a careful examination of karviPaK KWCakarBinitüedaym:t;ct;eTAelIGVImYy something in order to understand it better. edIm,IEsVgyl;[kan;Etc,as;EfmeTot . Tools for conflict analysis are used to ]bkrN_sMrab;viPaKTMnas; RtUv)anbegáIteLIg understand the reality of a conflict from a edIm,IEsVgyl;GMBIsPaBkarN_Bitrbs;TMnas;[ variety of perspectives and to identify )anRKb;RCugeRCaykñúgeKalbMNgrk[eXIjnUv strategies for intervention. yuT§sa®sþkñúgkareFVIGnþraKmn_ . anarchist GñkGnaFibetyüniym Someone who believes that governments and GñkEdlyl;fa rdæGMNac nigc,ab;RkwtüRkm laws are not necessary. TaMgLay BMumanplRbeyaCn_eT . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 12 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB anarchy GnaFibetyü A situation in which there is no effective sßankarN_enAkñúgRbeTsmYy EdlKµanrdæaPi)al government in a country or no order in a dwknaMc,as;las; b¤)at;bg;Gs;sNþab;Fñab; situation. saFarN³ . animator GñkCYycat;Ecg A person who identifies with the issues of a KWCaGñkEdlsÁal;bBaðarbs;RkumBiessNamYy particular group, and helps them to identify ehIyCYyRkumenaH[rkeXIj nigsMercTisedA and achieve their own goals by stimulating rbs;xøÜn edayelIkkMBs;karyl;dwgBIerOg awareness, critical thinking and skills epSg² karKitBicarNa[)anhµt;ct; nigkar practice. Gnuvtþn_nUvCMnajepSg² . animosity sMGb; b¤ KMnMu b¤ BieraF A strong dislike or hatred. kars¥b; b¤ karmincUlcitþy:agxøaMg . antagonism bdibkçPaB Hatred and hostility between people or groups of kars¥b;ex>> . ]TahrN_ RbqaMg something, e.g. anti-war. s®gÁam . apologise sMueTas b¤ ln;tYeTas b¤ xmaeTas appreciation karelIksresIr b¤ karTTYlsÁal;KuNtémø mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 13 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB approach cUleTACit b¤ viFIsaRsþ a. To move near to something or someone. k> cUleTACitGVImYy b¤nrNamñak; . b. A method or attitude to achieving x> viFIEdleKeRbIsMrab;eFVIGVImYy b¤edaHRsay something or dealing with a problem. bBaðaNamYy . approaches to conflict viFIsaRsþedaHRsayTMnas; see also: conflict style, win/lose, win/win sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas;/ The ways that we deal with conflict, including dMeNaHRsayQñH¼caj;/ dMeNaHRsayQñH¼QñH habitual reactions and alternative attitudes, KWCarebobEdleyIgRbkan;ykkñúgkaredaHRsay strategies and skills that we choose to TMnas; dUcCa karmanRbtikmµtamTMlab;rbs;xøÜn/ develop. Examples of different approaches karRbkan;Gakb,kiriyamYyEbbeTot/ yuT§sa®sþ include: withdrawal, suppression, win/lose, nigCMnajepSg² EdleyIg)aneRCIserIsykmk compromise, win/win. GPivDÆ . ]TahrN_énviFIsaRsþ³ kardkfy kar sgát;sgáin dMeNaHRsayQñH¼caj; karTTYlRsuH RsYl dMeNaHRsayQñH¼QñH . arbitrate eFVImCÄtþkar see arbitration sUmemIlBakü³ mCÄtþkar arbitration mCÄtþkar see also: adjudication, alternative dispute sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mCÄtþkar/ CMerIsedaH resolution, litigation, mediation, RsayTMnas; karsRmuHsMrYl A method of alternative dispute resolution CaviFIm:üagkñúg {CMerIsedaHRsayTMnas;} kñúgenaH (ADR) in which a neutral third party, called PaKIGBüaRkwtTIbIEdleyIgehAfa {mCÄtþkr} an arbitrator (or an arbitral tribunal or panel ¬b¤k¾{mCÄtþtulakar{ b¤ {KN³vinic½äy{ ebIsin if there is more than one arbitrator), hears the manelIsBImñak;¦ nwgTTYlsþab;karbkRsay parties’ dispute, reviews the evidence, and rbs;RKb;PaKIEdlmanTMnas; esIerIBinitüvtßútag issues a decision, called an award, to settle nana rYcecjesckþIsMerc ehAfa {karvinicä½y} the dispute. Parties agree in advance to the edIm,IedaHRsayvivaT . PaKITaMgGs;RtUvÉkPaB mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 14 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB arbitrators, the terms of the process, and KñaCamunGMBI smasPaBmCÄtþkr dMeNIrkar commit themselves to abide by the decision kat;kþI RBmTaMgTTYleKarBtamesckþIsMercrbs; or award in the belief that it will be fair. Often mCÄtþkr eRBaHeCOfa manKtiyutþiFm’ . viFIenH used for commercial and labour disputes. eKeRcIneRbIkñúgvivaTBaNiC¢kmµ b¤TMnas;kargar . arbitrator mCÄtþkr see arbitration sUmemIlBakü³ mCÄtþkar argue CECk b¤ RbEkktv:a a. To verbally disagree, often angrily. k> RbEkkRbqaMgedaysMdI EdleRcInEtlay b. To present reasons for or against kMhwgpg something. x> bgðajehtupledIm,IKaMRT b¤RbqaMgGVImYy argument karCECk b¤ mtiGHGag b¤ karRbEkk a. A set of reasons that shows that something k> ehtuplmYycMnYnEdlbgðajfaGVImYyxus b¤ is true or false. RtUv . b. A situation in which two or more people x> ehtukarN_mYyEdlmnusSBIrnak; b¤eRcInnak; verbally disagree, often angrily. Tas;sMdIKña EdleRcInEtmanlaykMhwgpg . armed conflict CemøaHRbdab;GavuF Defined by Wallenstein and Axell as: elak v:aeLnesþn nig Gak;Esl )anEbgEck a. minor armed conflict – conflict between CemøaHRbdab;GavuFCa 3RbePT³ armed forces in which fewer than 25 people k> CemøaHxñattUc KWCaCemøaHrvagkMlaMgRbdab; have died in a given year, and at least one of GavuF EdlkñúgenHmanmnusSticCag 25nak; the parties is a state; )ansøab;kñúgmYyqñaM ehIyy:agticbMputRtUvman b. intermediate armed conflict - a situation PaKImYykñúgCemøaHCardæ . in which at least 1,000 deaths have occurred x> CemøaHxñatmFüm y:agtick¾manmnusS over the course of the conflict, with at least 1>000nak;Edr Edl)ansøab;kñúgCemøaHeday mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 15 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB twenty five deaths occurring in a particular GavuFenH edayy:agehacman 25nak; søab;kñúg year; and mYyqñaMkñúgeBlCemøaH . c. war - a conflict with at least 1,000 deaths K> s®gÁam CemøaHRbdab;GavuFEdlmanmnusS in a year. y:agehacNas; 1>000nak;søab;kñúgmYyqñaM . armistice yuT§snþiPaB see also: ceasefire, truce sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ An agreement between two countries or karRBmeRBogQb;)aj; karp¥aks®gÁam groups at war to stop fighting, either at the karRBmeRBogrvagRbeTsb¤PaKI BIr fa p¥akkar end of a war, or for a particular period of time vayRbhar eTaHCaenAeBlbBa©b;s®gÁam b¤kñúg in order to discuss peace terms. ry³BiesssNamYy edIm,IBiPakSasnþiPaB . arms control karRtYtBinitüGavuF see also: weapons control, weapons reduction sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karRtYtBinitüsBVavuF Mechanisms to limit the number and type of karkat;bnßysBVavuF weapons of war (restricting both use and ynþkarbegáIteT,IgrvagrdæBIrb¤eRcIn edIm,Ikat; sale). bnßy cMnYn nigRbePTénGavuF sMrab;eFVIs®gÁam ¬kMritTaMgkareRbIR)as;nigTaMgkarlk;dUrGavuF¦. arms trade CMnYjJsBVavuF The business of the buying and selling of skmµPaBTijJ niglk;GavuFyuT§PNÐ . weapons. assertive EdleBalGHGag b¤ EdlkarBarCMhry:agxøaMg Standing up to defend or promote your needs karBary:agxøaMgkøanUv tMrUUvkar plRbeyaCn_ b¤ and interests or rights (this can have either siTi§rbs;xøÜn ¬EdlGacmanlT§plCaviC¢man b¤ constructive or negative results in conflict). GviC¢man kñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas;¦ .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 16 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB assimilate eFVI[RCYtRCab To process or think about something new KitBicarNa b¤EsVgyl;RbdUc GMBIGVImYyEdlfµI (ideas, information, experience) until it ¬KMnit Bt’man bTBiesaFn_¦ rhUtTal;Etman becomes accepted or normal. GarmµN_fa CaerOgFmµtab¤GacTTYlyk)an . assume snµt To suppose. To take as being true. To take for KitfaGVImYy]bmaCakarBit b¤minBit eTaHbICa granted. KµanGVICaPsþútagk¾eday . assumption karsnµt Something that you think is true although you GVImYyEdlGñkyl;faCakarBit eTaHbICaminman have no proof. PsþútagbBa¢ak;k¾eday . asylum siTi§RCkekan Protection given to someone by a government karkarBarEdlpþl;edayrdæaPi)alNamYy dl; because they have escaped from fighting or buKÁlNamñak; Edlrt;eKcBIkarvayRbharKña b¤ political trouble in their own country. A BIclaclneya)ayenARbeTsrbs;buKÁlenaH . person requesting this protection or seeking buKÁlenaH eKehAfa GñksMusiT§iRCkekan . asylum is called an asylum seeker. attitude citþ/ \riyabf see also: ABC triangle sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RtIekaN c T b The ways of thinking, mental positions, karBicarNa CMhrkñúgstiGarmµN_ b¤k¾mena opinions and feelings that someone has about seBa©trbs;nrNamñak;EdlmaneTAelIGVImYy . something. The attitudes that each party has \riyabf EdlKUPaKImancMeBaHKñaeTAvijeTAmk towards other parties and towards the issues are nigcMeBaHbBaðanImYy² KWCaktþad¾sMxan;enAkñúg an important factor in any conflict situation. sßankarN_manTMnas; . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 17 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB audience Gñksþab;¼TsSna¼Gan b¤ svnakar The group or the kind of people who listen or cMnYnb¤RbePTmnusSCaGñk sþab; b¤ TsSna b¤ Gan watch or read something (e.g. a speech, TV GVImYy ¬]> bT]eTÞsnam kmµviFITUrTsSn_ TsSna programme, or publication). target audience: vdþI . Gñksþab;CaeKaledA³ KWCa mnusSmYyRkum the kind of people that a programme or EdlkmµviFIb¤karpSBVpSayNamYycg;Tak;Taj . publication is intended to attract. Also used for eKk¾maneRbIBaküenHkñúg kmµviFIGb;rMsaFarNCn public education, advocacy campaigns, etc. kareXasnats‘Umti.l. authority rdæGMNac b¤ GaCJaFr The power that a person or an institution has CaGMNacEdlbuKÁl b¤sßab½nNamYy)anTTYl through holding an official position, or tamkarbMeBjParkic©CapøÚvkar b¤tamkareKarBBI through other people’s respect for that mnusSTUeTAdl;buKÁlenaHcMeBaHcMeNHdwg bT person’s knowledge, experience, age, etc. in BiesaFn_d¾TUlMTUlay b¤v½ycMNas; rbs;Kat; . authority: in a position of power or control. kñúgsmtßkic©³ kñúgtYnaTIEdlmanGMnac b¤mansiT§i the authorities: the official institutions or RtYtBinitü . GaCJaFr¼RksYgmansmtßkic©³ local government departments which sßab½nrdæEdlRKb;RKgkic©karsaFarN³ b¤pþl; administer public affairs and services in a esvakmµkñúgvis½yNamYy ]/ GaCJaFrmUldæan particular area, e.g. local authorities, GaCaFrextþ-Rkug .l. provincial authorities, etc. backlash RbtikmµGviC¢man/ karLgvij A strong negative reaction (usually delayed) RbtikmµCMTas; ¬CaFmµtaBMuEmnekIteRkayPøam² when a person or group is forced to do or enaHeT¦ rbs;buKÁl b¤RkumNamYy enAeBlRtUv accept something against their will. This can eKbgçM[eFVIGVImYyEdlpÞúyBIqnÞ³xøÜn . erOgenH result in an escalation of conflict in an GaceFVI[tantwgCemøaHEdlemIleTAhak;dUc)an apparently resolved situation. edaHRsayrYceTAehIy . bargain crcatéfø see also: negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karcrca To discuss or negotiate in order to obtain the BiPakSa b¤crcakñúgeKalbMNg)anTTYlnUvpl mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 18 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB best terms of a transaction or agreement. cMeNjx P¢ab;eTAnwgGVImYy/ kMNt;RBMEdnkñúgkareFVIGVI b. To place under legal obligation by contract mYy/ bgçaMgkñúgkMNt;NamYy . or oath. x> dak;[sßitenAeRkamkrNIykic©b¤katBVkic©pøÚv c,ab; Biessedaylixitsñamb¤karRBmeRBog . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 20 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB binding RtUvRbtibtþitam Obligatory, such as a binding contract, Cab;katBVkic© dUcCa kugRta/ kic©snüa/ esckþI promise, resolution or agreement. seRmccitþ b¤ kic©RBmeRBogEdlRtUvEteFVItam . blackmail karCMrwtykR)ak; b¤ karKMramrkRbeyaCn_ The practice of demanding money or forcing CMrwtykR)ak; b¤KMramnrNamñak;[eFVIGVImYy someone to do something by threatening to edayeRbIviFIsMLútkMEhgelIrUbkay nigeday harm them or to do something that would sMLút fanwglatRtdagkarsMgat;EdlTak;Tg cause them pain - often the threat to expose eTAnwgCnenaH . embarrassing secrets about them. blame Tieton b¤ sþIbenÞas b¤ niyayriHKn; To hold someone responsible. To find fault benÞasnrNamñak; kñúgkarTTYlxusRtUveTAelIGVI with or censure. To place responsibility for mYy . ]/ enAkñúgvibtiþenH eK)anbenÞasKat;fa something: they blamed the crisis on poor BMu)anerobcMEpnkar[)anl¥ . planning. bottom line cMNuceRkambMputEdlGacTTYlyk)an b¤ see also: BATNA cMNucCaRKwHedIm,ICamUldæanénkarseRmccitþ The point beyond which a party in a sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsl¥bMputsMrab;kar negotiation will not go. The fundamental RBmeRBóg¼)atNa basis of a situation or obstacle to arriving at a cMNucCak;lak;mYyEdlPaKIkñúgkarcrca BMuGac decision. eTA[elIsBIenaH)an . eKeRcIneRbIcMnucenHkñúg karsÞg;sßankarN_ edIm,IeFVIesckþIseRmccitþ . bottom-up approach viFIsa®sþBIeRkameLIgelI see also: top-down approach sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ a. An approach to problem-solving, decision- viFIsa®sþBIelImkeRkam making, planning or management which k> viFIsa®sþmYykñúgkaredaHRsaybBaða/ kñúg karsMerccitþ/ kareFVIEpnkar b¤karRKb;RKg Edl mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 21 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB begins by taking into account the interests of cab;epþImeLIgtamkarKitKUGMBI plRbeyaCn_ those at lower levels in the hierarchy. rbs;GñkEdlsßitenAfñak;eRkam . b. An approach which considers fundamental x> viFIsa®sþmYyEdlKitKUGMBI cMNuclMGitCamUl or practical details before general principles dæan b¤tamkarCak;Esþg munKitdl;eKalkarN_ or theories. rYm b¤RTwsþIFM² . brainstorming karBiPakSabMpusKMnit The spontaneous generation of as many ideas Cabec©keTsmYykñúgkarBiPakSaKña EdlbMpusnUv or solutions as possible without censorship or KMnit nigdMeNaHRsay[)aneRcInCaTIbMput restriction. edayBMueFVIkarRtYtBinitüd¾twgEtg . by-laws c,ab; b¤ bTbBa¢a b¤ lkçnþik³ a. Regulations or rules adopted by an k> bTbBaØtþi bTbBa¢a nItiviFI b¤ viFan EdlGnum½t organisation for its own administration. edaysmaKm b¤k¾saCIvkmµ sMrab;karRKb;RKg b. Laws made by a local government that rdæ)alrbs;BYkeK . people in that area must obey. x> lixitbTdæan EdlGaCJaFrmUldæaneroberog eLIgedIm,I[RbCaBlrdæenATIenaHeKarBtam . campaign yuT§nakar a. A series of coordinated actions intended to k> skmµPaBepSg²CabnþbnÞab;¼RbTak;RkLa achieve a particular result, especially one kñúgeKalbMNgTTYl)anlT§plCak;lak;GVImYy designed to build public support for a cause. CaBiessedIm,IEsVgrkkarKaMRTBIsaFarN³mti The International Campaign to Ban cMeBaHbuBVehtuNamYy . yuT§nakareXasna Landmines is an example of a peace GnþrCati edIm,IhamXat;karplit¼eRbIR)as;mIn campaign. kb;kñúgdI KWCa]TahrN_mYyén yuT§nakareXas naedIm,IEsVgrksnþiPaB .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 22 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB b. A series of attacks intended to achieve a x> enAkñúgs®gÁam³ RbtibtþikarswkedIm,Ikan;kab; particular result in a war. eKaledAyuT§sa®sþNamYy . cancel lubecal b¤ TukCaemaX³ To annul or invalidate. karlubecal karbMpøajJGanuPaB RbsiT§iPaB b¤ suBlPaBénGVImYy . case-study GtßbTsikSa b¤ krNIsikSa A description of a situation or of someone’s karGtßaFib,ay GMBIkarBiesaFn_rbs;nrNamñak; experience based on collected information RkumNamYy b¤sßanPaBNamYyedayeyageTA and used to understand the context, influences elIBt’manEdlTTYl)an edIm,IEsVgyl;GMBI and other dynamics. bribT \T§iBl nigkmøaMgepSg²eTot . caucus RbCMusRmuHsRmYledayELk b¤karRbCMuedayELk Time during the mediation process when the kñúgkarsMruHsMrYl/ GñksMruHsMrYl GacykeBl mediator works separately with each party in BiPakSaCamYyPaKImYy b¤TaMgBIredayELkBIKña private discussion. BIdMeNIrkarcrca edIm,IbBa¢ak; Gb;rM pþl;Bt’man .l. bnÞab;mk PaKITMnas; Rtlb;mkkñúgdMeNIr karcrcavij . ceasefire bTQb;)aj; see also: armistice, truce, unilateral sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yuT§snþiPaB/ karRBm A decision or agreement to stop fighting eRBogQb;)aj;Kña/ ÉketaPaKI (usually for a temporary period of time). A CakarsMerc b¤kic©RBmeRBogQb;)aj; ¬CaTUeTA ceasefire can be agreed between two warring sMrab;ry³eBlbeNþaHGasnñmYy¦ . bTQb; parties to allow discussions about peace, or )aj; GacCakarRBmeRBogrvagPaKITaMgBIrEdl can be declared unilaterally. RbyuT§Kña edIm,IeFVI[mankarcrcarksnþiPaB b¤k¾ GacRtUv)anRbkaseLIgCaÉketaPaKI . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 23 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB centralisation mCÄkar A system of organising the governing of a RbB½n§rdæmYyEdlGMNaceFVIkarseRmcepSg² country in which decision-making powers lie sßitenAkñúgéd GaCJaFrkMBUl b¤kNþal . with the central authorities. challenge rkerOgeQøaH b¤RbNaMgRbECg b¤ bBaðaRbQm a. To question someone’s position, authority, b¤ karBuHBar or the truth of a statement. k> tv:aRbqaMgnwgCMhr b¤GMNacrbs;nrNamñak; b¤ b. Something is a challenge if it is difficult to BMuTTYlsÁal;karBiténkarGHGagNamYy . do and tests a person’s strength or ability, x> karRbQm b¤ karBuHBar enAcMeBaHmuxbBaða especially in a way that is interesting. b¤]bsKÁ EdlBi)akedaHRsay . checklist taragBinitü b¤ bBa¢ak; b¤ epÞógpÞat; A list of things that need to be done for a bBa¢Iraymuxrbs; b¤kic©kar EdlRtUveFVI[ehIy particular job or activity. sMrab;kic©kar b¤skmµPaBNamYy . civic nationalism CatiniyménBlrdæ see also: nationalism, ethnic nationalism sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CatiniyménBlrdæ CatiniymCnCati In civic nationalism, the focus of national kñúgKMnitenH GtþsBaØaNCatiepþatelIPkþIPaBrbs; identity is individual loyalty to the nation, its buKÁlmñak;²cMeBaHRbeTsCati témøCatMNag values and the rule of law, regardless of rbs;sBa¢atienaH nignItirdæ edayminKitBICati differences in race, gender, language and sasn_ BN’sm,úr ePT Pasa nigCatiBn§ú . kñúg ethnicity. As a social movement, it is said to clnasgÁm eKyl;faKMnitenH manlkçN³Rb be more democratic than ethnic nationalism. CaFibetyüCagKMnit Catiniymrbs;CatiBn§ .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 24 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB civil disobedience karbdiesFc,ab;rdæ Action taken by a large group of people that skmµPaBRbqaMgnwgc,ab; eFVIedayRbCaBlrdæ breaks the law in order to protest against mYyRkum edIm,Itv:aRbqaMgnwgGVImYyEdleFVIeLIg something done by the government or to edayrdæaPi)al b¤edIm,ITamTar[mankarEkTMrg; campaign for reform. Often through refusal to ¬CaerOy²tamry³ karminRBmRbtibtþitamc,ab; obey particular laws, pay taxes, etc. NamYy karminRBmbg;Bn§ .l.¦ civilian BlrdæsIuvil A person who is not in the armed forces or GñkEdlminEmnenAkñúgkgT½B b¤b:UlIs . police. civil law c,ab;rdæb,evNI see also: criminal law sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ c,ab;RBhµTNÐ The area of law that covers the affairs of EpñkmYyénc,ab;EdlEcgGMBI kic©karÉkCnrbs; private citizens other than criminal activities. Blrdæ eRkABIskmµPaBTak;TinnwgbTRBhµTNÐ. civil rights siT§iBlrdæ The rights that each citizen should have. The siT§iEdlBlrdæmñak;²KYrTTYl)an . enAshrdæ civil rights movement in the USA campaigned Gaemrik manclnaTamTar[mansiT§iesµIKña rvag for equal rights for all races. RKb;BUCsasn_ . civil war s®gÁamsIuvil A war between citizens of the same country. s®gÁamrvagBlrdæenAkñúgRbeTsEtmYy . closed mind citþ b¤ KMnitceg¥ótcg¥l;/ KMnitbiTCit see also: open mind sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ citþTUlay A person who has a closed mind does not mnusSmancitþþceg¥ótcg¥l; BMucg;TTYlyknUvmti want to consider opinions or ideas that b¤KMnitGñkÉeTot EdlxusBITsSn³rbs;xøÜn . challenge their own fixed ways of seeing things. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 25 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB closed question sMnYrbiT see also: open question sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ sMnYrebIk A question which limits the possible answers KWCasMnYrTaMgT,ayNaEdltMrUv[mancemøIyxøI to yes or no (often with the expectation of {Emn} nig {eT} ¬CaerOy²mankarrMBwgfa RtUv agreement with the speaker) and which does RsbtamKMnitGñksYrpg¦ nigEdlBMucg;[Gñk not invite the other person to give more ÉeTotpþl;Bt’manbEnßmeT KWRKan;Etcg;bBa¢ak; information. Closed questions can be useful b:ueNÑaH . kareRbIsMnYrbiT manRbeyaCn_sMrab; for checking the details of information. epÞógpÞat;cMNuclMGit²enAkñúgBt’manNamYy. coalition karBYtédKñaCabkSrYm b¤ RkumcMruH b¤ sm<½n§mitþ see also: network sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ bNþaj a. A group of people or organisations that k> mnusSmYyRkum b¤GgÁkarmYyRkum EdlBYtédKña join together to achieve a particular purpose, edIm,IsMerceKaledACak;lak;GVImYy EdlCaerOy² often a social or political cause or issue. eRcInTak;TgnwgerOgsgÁmkic© b¤neya)ay b. A union of two or more political parties to x> karrYmKñarvagKNbkSBIr b¤eRcIn edIm,IQñH fight an election or form a government. eqñat b¤edIm,IerobcMrdæaPi)almYy . code Rkm b¤ c,ab; a. A set of principles or rules that tell people k> eKalkarN_ b¤bTbBa¢a EdlkMNt;[Blrdæ how to behave in their life or in certain eKarBtamkñúgkarrs;enA b¤ enAkñúgsßankarN_ situations. NamYy . b. A secret way of writing a language or x> viFIsMgat;kñúgkarsresrPasa b¤edIm,IbBa©b; ending messages. karepJIsar . coercion karbgÁab; b¤ kardak;bBa¢adac;Nat; Controlling by force. Using threats or orders karRKb;RKgRtYtRtaedaykmøaMg . kareRbIkar to make someone do something they do not KMramkMEhgbBa¢anrNamñak; [eFVIGVImYyEdleKBMu want to do. cg;eFVI . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 26 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB coercive power GMNacbgçM cold war sRgÁamRtCak; a. Hostilities short of armed conflict, k> karRbQmmuxdak;Kña edayBMu)anQaneTA consisting of threats, propaganda and dl;kareRbIR)as;GavuFeT . KUbdibkç eRcIneRbIkar subversive political activities. KMramkMEhg kareXasna kareFVIviT§gSnaxag b. The state of affairs existing between the neya)ayepSg² . United States and the Soviet Union from the x> sßankarN_twgEtgrvagshrdæGaemrik nig Second World War until the 1980's in which shPaBsUevot cab;BIs®gÁamelakelIkTIBIr neither were ever directly engaged in armed rhUtdl;TsvtSr_TI80 . mhaGMNacTaMgBIr BMu conflict in their own territories. Instead, wars )aneFVIs®gÁamc,aMgKñaenAelITwkdIrbs;xøÜnenaHeT were fought through client states aligned with b:uEnþtamry³sm<½n§mitþEdlCarNbrbs;xøÜn . the superpowers. collaboration kic©shkar see also: cooperation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ shRbtibtþikar a. Working together on a specific project or k> eFVIkarCamYyKñakñúgKMeragNamYy b¤edIm,I to achieve a common goal. sMerceKaledArYm . b. Cooperation with an enemy that is x> shRbtibtþikarCamYysRtUv EdlkMBugkan; occupying your country. kab;TwkdIrbs;xøÜn . collaborative problem-solving rYmKñaedaHRsaybBaða/ karedaHRsaybBaða see also: decision-making process, participatory edayshkarKña decision-making, problem-solving sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ dMeNIrkarénkareFVI esckþIseRmccitþ/ esckþIseRmccitþ edayman karcUlrYm/ viFIsa®sþedaHRsaybBaða A process for working together to reach dMeNIrkarmYyEdlPaKITaMgGs; shRbtibtþikar CamYyKña edIm,IrkcMNucÉkPaBKñaGMBIbBaðaecaT mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 27 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB consensus about a problem and to solve it, nigedaHRsaybBaðaenaH CaBiesstamkar through allowing all stakeholders to express GnuBaØat[PaKITaMgGs;man»kasbeBa©jTsSn³ their views, generate options and influence rbs;xøÜn/ elIkCasMeNICMerIs nigdak;TMgn;eTAelI decisions. Based on the premise that when karseRmccitþ . ynþkarenHQrenAelITsSn³ people participate in making a decision, they fa eBlNamnusSRKb;Kña)ancUlrYmkñúgkarsMerc will support it. citþNamYy eKnwgKaMRTdl;esckþIsMerccitþenaH . collaborator Gñkshkar/ shkarI see collaboration sUmemIlBakü³ kic©shkar collective bargaining karcrcatéføedayrYmKña Negotiation conducted by an organised group of karcrcaeFVIedaybuKÁlikrYmKña¬dUcCashCIB¦ Ca employees such as a union with their employers mYynieyaCk GMBIbBaðaR)ak;bMNac; briyakas over wages, working conditions etc. kargar .l. collective dispute vivaTkargarrYm see also: individual dispute sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vivaTbuKÁl A labour dispute involving one or more CavivaTkargarmYy EdlBak;B½n§dl;nieyaCkmñak; employers and a number of their employees, b¤eRcInnak; nigbuKÁlik¼kmµkrmYycMnYn GMBI related to working conditions, the right to sßanPaBkargar/ siT§ikñúgkarbegáItshCIB b¤GMBI organise, or relations between employers and TMnak;TMngrvagnieyaCk nigbuKÁlik¼kmµkr . workers. In addition, to be defined as a elIsBIenHeTot enAeRkamc,ab;sþIGMBIkargarenA collective dispute under Cambodian Labour RbeTskm<úCa edIm,IGacniyay)anfaCavivaTrYm Law, it must have the potential to jeopardise KWTal;EtvivaTenaHxøaMg rhUtGacraMgsÞHdMeNIrkar the effective operation of an enterprise or the rbs;eragcRkb¤bgáeRKaHfñak;dl;snþiPaBsgÁm . peace of society at large.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 28 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB common goal / common interest eKaledArYm b¤ plRbeyaCn_rYm A goal or interest that both parties have in eKaledA b¤plRbeyaCn_ EdlPaKITaMgBIr common. manrYmKña . common ground cMNucÉkPaB b¤ cMNucrYm Interests, priorities and concerns that each KWCaplRbeyaCn_/ GaTiPaB nigkar)armÖ Edl side has in common. Areas where both parties PaKITaMgGs;manRbhak;RbEhlKña . vak¾GacCa agree or have similar needs. Identifying bBaðab¤kñúgvis½yGVImYyEdlPaKITaMgBIrRBmeRBog common ground can be used to reframe Kña b¤manplRbeyaCn_Rbhak;RbEhlKña . issues and to change perceptions of the “other karrkeXIjnUvcMNucÉkPaB GacCYy[eKemIl side.” eXIjbBaðakñúgrUbPaBepSg ehIyGacCYy[PaKI nImYy² smøwgeTAPaKIÉeTotkñúgGarmµN_mYyfµI . communication karR)aRs½yTak;Tg The process of exchanging information or dMeNIkarpøas;bþÚrBt’maneTAvijeTAmk eday expressing thoughts or feelings, whether verbal bgðajBITsSn³ b¤BImenaseBa©tna tamBaküsMdI or non-verbal (through physical movements or kþI b¤tamrUbPaBepSgeTotkþI ¬tamkayvikar b¤ facial expressions). Communication is central Twkmux¦ . karR)aRs½yTak;TgmannaTIsMxan; in the prevention and management of conflict Nas;kñúgkarbgáar nigRKb;RKgTMnas; eRBaHfa as it can be used skilfully to develop and ebIeRbIR)as;)anl¥ eKGaceFVI[mankareyaKyl; maintain mutual understanding or can lead to KñaeTAvijeTAmk b¤mYypÞúyeTAvij vaGaceFVI[ escalation. TMnas;kan;EtraldalEfmeTot . communication skills or tools CMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg Constructive ways of communicating which b¤meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg build relationships and help to transform viFICaviC¢mankñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg edIm,Iksag conflict, such as active listening, TMnak;TMng nigedIm,IEkERbTMnas; dUcCa karsþab;skmµ paraphrasing, reframing, summarising, ‘I’ karbrRbeyaK karerobcMKMeragniyayeLIgvij kar statements and open questions. eFVIsMeyaKnigsegçb/ karelIk]TahrN_GviC¢manBI xøÜnÉg CaCagBIGñkÉeTot nigsMnYrcMh .l. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 29 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB compassion emtþaFm’ Awareness of the suffering of another person kardk;Cab;GarmµN_ GaNitGasUrGñkNamñak; and the desire to help. EdlrgTukç ehIymanbMNgCYydl;eK . compatibility square (conflict kaer:cuHsRmug square) vtßúBIrvacuHsMrugCamYyKña enAeBlEdlvtßúTaMgBIr Two things are compatible when they are able enaH GacrYmrs;CamYyKñaedayBMumanCemøaH . to coexist without adversely affecting each {kaer:cuHsMrug { KWCa]bkrN_sMrab;viPaKTMnas; other, i.e. without conflict. The compatibility edayepþateTAelIeKaledA nig Gakb,kiriya¼ square is a tool for analysing conflict by TegVI ¬EdlGacsuIsgVak;Kña b¤minsuIsgVak;Kña¦ focusing on the goals and behaviour - each of rbs;PaKInimYy² . karKYbpSMtamrebobepSg² which can be compatible or incompatible - of KñaénktþaTaMgenHGacCH\T§iBleFVI[³ KµanTMnas; each party. The different combinations of manTMnas;tictYcEdlenAkb;emIlmineXIj/ man these factors may condition no conflict, latent TMnas;Edlcab;epþImelceLIg b¤manTMnas;Edl conflict, surface conflict or open conflict. ebIkcMhEtmþg . kaer:cuHsMrug / Compatibility Square eKaledAcuHsMrug eKaledAmincuHsMrug Compatible Goals Incompatible Goals

Gakb,kiriya¼TegVIcuHsMrug KµanTMnas; TMnas;bgáb; ¬enAkb;¦ Compatible Behaviour No Conflict Latent Conflict

Gakb,kiriya¼TegVImincuHsMrug TMnas;xageRkA TMnas;cMh ¬elcmux¦ Incompatible Behaviour Surface Conflict Open Conflict

compensation sMNg Something given (often money) to make up sMNg ¬PaKeRcInCaluykak;¦ edIm,ITUTat;nUvkar for damage or loss inflicted upon others. xatbg;Edl)anbgáeLIgeTAelIGñkdéT . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 30 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB complex emergency PaBGasnñd¾sµúKsµaj A conflict situation having interlocking sßankarN_TMnas;mYyd¾sµúKsµaj Edlmanb£s causes and origins which requires a variety Kl; nigedImehtuRbTak;RbTgKñay:agsaMjúMa . of international comprehensive responses to sßankarN_enHtRmUv[shKmn_GnþrCati mandM relieve the human suffering involved and to edaHRsaymYyd¾TUlMTUlay edIm,IsRmalkar contain or resolve the conflict. QWcab;rbs;CnrgeRKaH nigedIm,IRKb;RKg nig edaHRsayTMnas; . compromise karsRmuHsRmYl b¤ karRBmeRBogKñacUlrYm a. A process where parties to a conflict lHbg;mñak;bnþic² ¬rvagPaKITMnas;¦ negotiate to reduce their original demands in k> ynþkarmYyEdlPaKITMnas;crcaKña edIm,I order to reach a mutually agreeable solution kat;bnßykarTamTarBIdMbUg nigQaneTArkkic© which falls short of what both sides really want. RBmeRBogrYmEdlkñúgenaHTaMgsgxagBMu)anTTYl b. An agreement reached through such a GVI²sBVRKb;TaMgGs; dUcxøÜncg;)anBIdMbUgeT . process. x> kic©RBmeRBógTTYl)antamry³ynþkarenH . concept KMnit b¤ RTwsþI concepts of justice RTwsþIényutþiFm’ see also: justice in reconciliation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yutþiFm’kñúgkarpSHpSa The varieties of ways in which justice is KMnitényutþiFm’ KWCaeKalkarN_sñÚlénRbsiT§i viewed, such as: PaBkñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas; . - procedural justice or fairness of the - yutþiFm’tamnItiviFI³ KWepþateTAelIPaBRtwm procedures or rules by which decisions are RtUvénnItiviFI b¤k,Ünc,ab; EdlykmkeRbIedIm,IeFVI made; karsMerccitþ . - distributive justice or fairness by which - yutþiFm’tamkarEbgEck³ epþatelIkarEbgEck resources are allocated among parties or in FnFandl;RKb;PaKI b¤kñúgsgÁm . society as a whole; - yutþiFm’tamkarBin½y b¤sgswk³ kareqøIytb mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 31 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

- retributive justice or redress of an offence, eTAnwgkarRbRBwtþixusF¶n;rbs;GñkNamñak; b¤karbM violation or harm through punishment, Ban b¤karbgánUvTukçeTas. enHCakarrkyutþiFm’ retribution or revenge, and; m:üagEdlQrelIkardak;eTas b¤karsgswk . - restorative justice or redress through - yutþiFm’tamsMNg EdlEp¥kelI karpþl;sMNg compensation, repair, reconciliation or karCYsCul ¬pøÚvcitþ¦/ karpSHpSa b¤ karGt;eGan forgiveness. eTas[ . conceptual framework KMnitCaeRKag/ Rkbx½NÐTsSn³ see also: concept, framework sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RTwsþI/ KeRmag a. The underlying structure of views, values k> KWCarcnasm<½n§CamUldæankñúgkarBicarNa/ kñúg and beliefs that inform a person’s ideas about kar[témø b¤kñúgCMenOrbs;nrNamñak;enAelIerOg something. GVImYy . b. A set of values or principles to facilitate x> témø ¬tampøÚvcitþ b¤kñúg]tþmKti¦ b¤eKal thinking about something in a structured karN_mYycMnYn edIm,ICYy[mankarBicarNaeTA way. tamEbbbTmYyEdlmanRkwtüRkml¥GMBIIGVImYy . conciliation karpSHpSa see also: mediation, reconciliation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsRmuHsRmYl b¤ A process involving efforts by a third party to karpSHpSaeLIgvij improve the relationship between two or more KWCadMeNIrkarmYyEdl PaKITIbICaGñksMruHsMrYl disputants by working with them to eFVIkarCamYyPaKITMnas;TaMgBIr ¬b¤eRcInCagenH¦ correct misunderstandings, reduce fear and edIm,IEklMGTMnak;TMng edayEkéxkaryl;xus distrust, and improve communication. In eTAvijeTAmk/ bn§ÚrbnßykarP½yxøac nigkarmin conciliation, the third party has greater TukcitþKña . CaTUeTA kñúglMnaMrbs;bs©imRbeTs authority than in a mediation process, and enAkñúgRkbx½NÐénkarsRmuHsRmYl PaKITIbIeRcIn may offer suggestions, conduct fact-finding, mansiT§iGMNacxøaMgCag ebIeFobnwgdMeNIrkar sRmbsRmYl KWeKGacelIkCamti/ bMeBj mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 32 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB or encourage parties to adopt a particular ebskkmµEsVgrkkarBit b¤esñIdl;PaKIvivaT[ solution. The methodology of conciliation eRCIserIsdMeNaHRsayNamYy . nItiviFIénkar corresponds to traditional conflict pSHpSa manlkçN³RsedogKñanwgkaredaHRsay management models in Cambodia. A person TMnas;EdlmanBIburaNmkenAkm<úCa . GñkNa who conducts conciliation is called a mñak;EdlmantYnaTIeFVIkarpSHpSa eKehAfa Gñk conciliator. pSHpSa . conciliator GñkpSHpSa see conciliation sUmemIlBakü³ karpSHpSa conditional peace snþiPaBmanlkçxNÐ An end to hostilities based on certain agreed karbBa©b;PaBRbTUsr:ay edayQrelIlkçxNÐ conditions which if broken will return to mYycMnYn . EtebIlkçxNÐTaMgenaH BMuRtUv)an open conflict. eKarBeT TMnas;k¾nwgekIteT,IgsaCafµI . conference snñisIT see also: meeting, workshop sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kic©RbCMu sikçasala A large formal meeting held to present karRbCMud¾FM nigCapøÚvkar edIm,IbgðajnUvBt’man b¤ information and discuss specific matters. KMehIjNamYy nigedIm,ICECkBiPakSaGMBIRbFan bTmYycMnYnd¾Cak;lak; . confidence Gaf’kM)aMg b¤ esckþITukcitþ confidentiality edaysMgat; ¬BaküsamBaس edaylak;karN_x

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 33 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB conflict vivaT b¤ TMnas; b¤CMelaH see also: armed conflict, deep-rooted conflict, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;Rbdab;GavuF/ dispute, ethnic conflict, identity conflict, latent TMnas;manb£sd¾eRCAehIysaMjaúM/ TMnas;CatiBn§/ conflict, social conflict, and other entries under TMnas;GtþsBaØaN/ TMnas;BMuTan;elcmux/ conflict below. TMnas;bBaðasgÁm nigcMNucCMelaHepSgeTot A state of disagreement or argument enAxageRkam . involving apparently incompatible interests karBMuÉkPaB b¤karRbTUsra:yKñarvagPaKITaMg or needs and where there is division or LayEdlmanplRbeyaCn_ b¤tRmUvkarBMuRsb polarity between the different parties. Kña . TMnas;GacekItmanenAkñúgxøÜneyIgpÞal; Conflict can be within a person, between GacekItmanrvagbuKÁl Rkum b¤RbCaCati ehIy individuals, groups or nations, and can be GacmanlkçN³ebIkcMh b¤ruaMér: . PaKIenAkñúg open or latent. The parties in a conflict are CMelaH CYnkalehAfa GñkmanCMelaH . sometimes called conflictants. conflict analysis karviPaKTMnas; Conflict analysis makes use of a variety of kareRbIR)as;]bkrN_ nigeRKagmYycMnYn edIm,I tools and frameworks to gain deeper yl;[)ankan;Etc,as;nUvEpñkTaMgLayénTMnas; understanding of a conflict in terms of the KWman PaKInImYy² bBaða b£sKl;énTMnas; kar parties, issues, root causes, power imbalances, )at;tulüPaBGMNac sMBaFnig\T§iBlmkBIeRkA outside pressures and influences, .l. kñúgkarRKb;RKg b¤karEkERbTMnas; KWCa opportunities for third party intervention, etc. karcaM)ac;Nas; EdlRtUvrk[eXIjnUvviFIsaRsþ It is necessary throughout the conflict smRsb edIm,IeFVIGnþraKmn_ nigbgáarkMu[TMnas; management or transformation process, in kan;EtrIkraldal. ]bkrN_mandUcCa RtIekaN identifying appropriate approaches for cTb/ kaer:cuHsRmug EpnTITMnas; edImeQITMnas; intervention and to prevent escalation. ]bkrN_dUNat; CnÞl;énbBaða ExSbnÞat;eBl Examples of tools for conflict analysis evla .l. include the ABC triangle, compatibility square, conflict mapping, conflict tree, doughnut tool, pillars analysis, timeline, etc. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 34 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB conflictant GñkmanTMnas; see conflict sUmemIlBakü³ vivaT b¤TMnas; b¤CMelaH conflict avoidance kareCosvagTMnas; see also: conflict prevention sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ bgáarTMnas; The practice and strategies used to avoid Gakb,kiriya b¤yuT§sa®sþkñúgkarBMuTTYlsÁal; b¤ acknowledging or facing conflict, leaving the BMuRbQmmuxnwgTMnas;/ edayBMuRBmedaHRsay . issues and underlying causes unresolved. enHKWCaectnaBMuTTYlsÁal;fa TMnas;kMBugEtekIt Conflict avoidance is an attempt to ignore eLIg eTaHbITMnas;enaHenAruaMér: b¤elceFøaeLIgk¾ the realities of a conflict situation, whether eday . rIÉkarbgáarTMnas;vij KWCakarriHrkpøÚv latent or overt, unlike conflict prevention, d¾buinRbsb; edIm,IRbQmnwgTMnas;EdlkMBugekIt which seeks skilful ways to address actual or b¤EdlGacnwgekIt kñúgectnabgáarkMu[TMnas;rIk potential conflict and to prevent escalation. raldaleTA)an . conflict escalation karrIkraldalénTMnas; A worsening of conflict that occurs especially TMnas;Edlkan;EtFMeTA² CaBiessenAkñúgsßan when situations are seen as having win/lose karN_ Edlhak;dUcCatRmUv[manGñkQñH nig outcomes. It is characterised by each side Gñkcaj; . KUbdibkçRbkan;CMhrd¾twgrwg/ emIl taking strong positions, emphasising eXIjEtBIPaBxusKña edayePøcKitdl;pl differences and losing focus of common RbeyaCn_rYm nigbegáInPaBRbTUsr:aydak;Kña . interests, and by increased hostility between CYnkal esckþIkøahanh‘anRbQmmuxniyay parties. Skilful confrontation is sometimes a tTl;KñaedaybuinRbsb; KWCaCMhand¾caM)ac;kñúg necessary step in the progression from conflict karERbkaøyTMnas;[eTACasnþiPaB ehIyeKmin to peace, and should not be confused with RtUvRcLMvaCamYynwgkareFVI[ TMnas;rIkraldal conflict escalation. enaHeT .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 35 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB conflict management karRKb;RKgTMnas; see also: alternative dispute resolution, conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSgkñúgkaredaH prevention, conflict resolution, conflict RsayTMnas;/ karbgáarTMnas;/ karedaHRsay transformation TMnas;/ karbMEbøgTMnas; a. The term “conflict management” has been k> vaküs½BÞ {karRKb;RKgTMnas;} )anRtUveK used since the 1970’s, and grew out of eRbIR)as;taMgBITsvtSr_1970mk . skmµCn practitioners’ awareness of the limitations of kñúgvis½yenHkan;Etyl;dwgfa TsSn³én {kar the concept of “conflict resolution” (see edaHRsayTMnas;{ BMumanPaBTUlMTUlayenaH below). This more mature understanding of eT . eKkan;Etyl;GMBIfamBlpÞal;enAkñúgCemøaH the dynamics of conflict takes into account eRBaHeK)ansikSa ehIyTTYlsÁal;fa enAkñúg the nature and role of conflict in TMnak;TMngrvagmnusS CaFmµtaKWEtgEtman relationships: that it is natural and should be TMnas;EdleyIgRtUvEtRKb;RKg ¬tamry³kar managed (through understanding its patterns EsVgyl;nUvsPaB/ EbbEpn nigfamBlpÞal;én and dynamics) just as we manage other areas TMnas;¦ dUcEdleyIgRKb;RKg EpñkdéTeTotén of our lives. The emphasis is not on CIvitrbs;eyIgEdr . karyl;EbbenH eFVI[kar “resolving” conflict in the sense of getting ykcitþTukdak;kñúgkar {edaHRsay{ TMnas; BMu rid of it, but on managing the process EmnepþatEteTAelIkarbM)at;TMnas;[xagEt)an towards a constructive outcome. enaHeT pÞúyeTAvij KWRtUvRKb;RKgTMnas; edIm,I b. This term is also used for the long-term QaneTAdl; lT§plCaviC¢man . management of intractable conflicts so that x> eKeRbIvaküs½BÞenH kñúgn½ykarRKb;RKgyUr they do not escalate out of control and GEgVgnUvTMnas;Edlcak;eRsH edIm,IkMu[rIkral become violent. dal ehIynaMeTArkGMeBIhigSa . conflict mapping karKUrKMnUr b¤ EpnTITMnas; An analytical tool using various symbols to KWCa]bkrN_sMrab;viPaKTMnas; tamry³kareRbI represent the conflict graphically, showing rUbsBaØa edIm,IbgðajTMnak;TMngrvagPaKImYyeTA the parties in relation to the issues and to PaKImYy nigrvagPaKIeTAnwgTMnas; . each other in a given conflict. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 36 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB conflict of interest TMnas;plRbeyaCn_ a. A situation in which a person stands to k> sßankarN_mYyEdlnrNamñak;)anTTYlpl benefit from a particular outcome of a RbeyaCn_BIesckþIsMerccitþEdlGñkenaHÉg k¾ decision, but participates in the decision )ancUlrYmkñúgesckþIsMerccitþenaHEdr . erOgenH making process as if they were neutral, naM[mankarKitfa karsMerccitþrbs;GñkenaHBMu i.e. they are expected to act unfairly because yutþiFm’ b¤GBüaRkwteT eRBaHeKsMerccitþeday they will be personally affected by the QrelIplRbeyaCn_ EdlxøÜneKnwg)anTTYl . decisions they make. x> sßankarN_mYyEdlmanmnusSeRcIncg;Taj b. A situation in which different people want plRbeyaCn_epSg²Kña . different things. conflict prevention karbgáarTMnas; see also: alternative dispute resolution, conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSgkñúgkar management, conflict resolution, conflict edaHRsayTMnas;/ karRKb;RKgTMnas;/ transformation karedaHRsayTMnas;/ karbMEbøgTMnas; Attempts to deal constructively with latent karBüayamcat;EcgCaviC¢man eTAelITMnas;Edl conflict and prevent overt conflict through a bgáb;minTan;ecjmux tamry³karEsVgyl;BI deep understanding of a situation and through sßanPaB nigb£sKl;énTMnas;muneBlTMnas; addressing the root causes of potential enaHrIkraldal . kñúgynþkarenH k¾mankareRbI conflict before they develop further. Also R)as;viFICMnajxøH dUcCa karCECkBiPakSaKñaCa involving early intervention and the lkçN³ksag/ karR)aRs½yTak;TgKñad¾l¥/ promotion of skills such as constructive karGnuvtþn_EpnkarEdlnaM[manyutþiFm’kñúgkar dialogue and good communication, or the EbgEckFnFan nigesvaCaedIm . promotion of policies such as justice in access to resources and services, etc.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 37 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB conflict resolution karedaHRsayTMnas; see also: alternative dispute resolution, conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsedaHRsay management, conflict prevention, conflict TMnas; karRKb;RKgTMnas; bgáarTMnas; transformation karbMEbøgTMnas; “Resolution” means ending something that is {karedaHRsay} mann½yfa bBa©b;nUvbBaaðGVI difficult, and implies finding a solution or mYyEdllM)ak nignaMmknUvdMeNaHRsaydl; settlement to a conflict. “Conflict resolution” TMnas;NamYy . {karedaHRsayTMnas;} KWCa is an early term for the field of the study of vaküs½BÞEdleKeRbIyUrmkehIykñúgvis½yenH conflict. It involves understanding the edayrYmbBa©ÚlTaMgkarEsVgyl;GMBIfamBl dynamics of conflict and practical skills for épÞkñúgénTMnas; nigkarGnuvtþn_CMnajedIm,I intervention. However, this term can give the GnþraKmn_ . b:uEnþ kareRbIvaküs½BÞenH hak; impression that conflict is undesirable, and dUcCanaM[manGarmµN_fa TMnas;KWCaerOgmin not acknowledge the fact that conflict is Kb,I edayBMuRBmTTYlsÁal;fa TMnas;vaman inherent in any ongoing relationship. Also, if Cab;Canic©enAkñúgTMnak;TMngNamYyEdlkMBug the main goal is to reduce or eliminate the vivtþeTA . mü:ageTot ebIsineKmaneKaledA overt expressions of conflict, this can cMbg cg;Etkat;bnßy b¤bBa©b;TMnas;Cadac;xat overlook the role of conflict in social change enaH eKGacemIlrMlgnUvtYnaTICaviC¢manrbs; and may even prolong injustices or the root TMnas; kñúgkarEkERbsgÁm[kan;Etl¥RbesIr structural causes of conflict. The term usually eLIg RBmTaMgGaceFVI[GyutþiFm’kñúgsgÁmkan; refers to the process of resolving a conflict EtbnþyUreTAeTot nigeFVI[b£sKl;énTMnas; permanently, by adequately addressing each enAmanCIvitrs;revIk . CaFmµta BaküenHsMedA side’s needs and interests so that they are dl;karbBa©b;TMnas;CaGcié®nþy_ tamkaredaH satisfied with the outcome. Rsayy:agsmRsb [PaKICemøaHTaMgGs;nUv esckþIRtUvkar nigplRbeyaCn_EdleKcg;)an . Note: “Conflict Resolution” used to be an kMNt;sMKal;³ vaküs½BÞ }karedaHRsayTMnas;} umbrella term for this field of study and its kalBImunvaRKbdNþb;elI karsikSaBIGVI²TaMgGs; practical application. The terms “conflict enAkñúgvis½y enHnigkñúgkarGnuvtþn_ . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 38 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB management,” “conflict resolution,” and bc©úb,nñ Bakü {karRKb;RKgTMnas;} {karedaH “conflict transformation” now each have RsayTMnas;} nig {karbMEbøgTMnas;} KWmann½y specialised meanings, implying different Biess²rbs;va nigbgðajnUvckçúvis½yxus²Kña visions of peacemaking. While there is no kñúgkarksagsnþiPaB . \LÚvElgmanvaküs½BÞ new umbrella term, in practice, the above NaRKbdNþb;elIBaküdéTeTotehIy . eKeRbI terms are all used and involve very similar vaküs½BÞTaMgenHRBm²Kña edayeRbI]bkrN_ nig techniques for working with conflict. bec©keTsRbhak;RbEhlKña edIm,IbMeBjkar garkñúgvis½yTMnas;enH . conflict style critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas; see also: approaches to conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rebobedaHRsayTMnas; The different ways that people tend to KWrebobrbbEdlmnusSRKb;rUb manninñakarkñúg respond or react to conflict, e.g. kareqøIytbeTAnwgTMnas; dUcCa karsMrbtam accommodation, avoidance, collaboration, karecosTMnas; kic©shkar karRbECgKña competition, compromise, etc. karsMruHsMrYl .l. conflict transformation karEkERb b¤ bMEbøgTMnas; see also: alternative dispute resolution, conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSgkñúgkaredaH management, conflict prevention, conflict RsayTMnas; karRKb;RKgTMnas; karbgáarTMnas; resolution karedaHRsayTMnas; The term “conflict transformation” emerged vaküs½BÞenH elceLIgenATsvtSr_1990 tam in the 1990s, following “conflict resolution” eRkayvaküs½BÞ {karedaHRsayTMnas;} nig {kar and “conflict management.” It encompasses RKb;RKgTMnas;} . BaküenHrYmbBa©ÚlTaMgkar all the transformations or changes that occur EbøgPaB b¤karEkERbnana EdlekIteLIgenA in conflict: the ways that conflict changes the kñúgTMnas; dUcCa EbbbTEdlTMnas;)anEkERb relationships of the people involved; the ways TMnak;TMngénKUPaKI/ EbbbTEdlPaKICemøaHGac that the people involved can change the EkERbFatuénTMnas;BIGviC¢man eTACaviC¢manvij/ nature of the conflict from destructive to nigEbbbTEdlPaKICemøaH GackøayeTACatYGgÁ mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 39 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB more constructive outcomes; and the ways kñúgkarEklMGTMnak;TMngKña nigEkERbsgÁmTaMg that conflict and how people engage with it is mUl . dUecñH BaküenHBiBN’naBI famBlpÞal; an agent for change in relationships and in nig\T§iBlénTMnas; RBmTaMgeKaledAénkar society. That is, it describes the dynamics ksagsnþiPaBpgEdr . and impact of conflict, as well as the goals of peacebuilding. conflict tree edImeQITMnas; see also: problem tree sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ edImeQIbBaða A tool for identifying conflict issues and KWCa]bkrN_mYysMrab;rknUvbBaða nigb£sKl;én their root causes using a diagram of a tree. TMnas;edayeRbIrUbPaBénedImeQImYy .

plb:HBal;énTMnas; Effects of Conflict

bBaðasñÚl Core Issues

mUlehtuénTMnas; ¼ Root Causes of Conflict mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 40 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB confrontation karRbQmmuxdak;Kña A face to face meeting of hostile parties. It karCYbtTl;KñarvagKUbdibkç EdlGacQaneTA has the potential for violence or for skilful rkkareRbIhigSa b¤k¾eTArkkarTak;TgKñaRbkb nonviolent communication. In the edayGhigSa . kñúgkarqøgBITMnas;bgáb; b¤rauMér: progression from hidden or latent conflict to QaneTArkdMeNaHRsayedaysnþiPaB karCYb peaceful settlement, some form of tTl;KñakñúgRTg;RTayNamYy GacCadMNak;kal confrontation may be a necessary step as mYyd¾caM)ac; eRBaHfaPaKInanacab;epþImyl;dwg parties become aware of power imbalances GMBIGtulüPaBénGMNac nigPaBGyutþiFm’ . and injustices. Successful confrontation can karCYbtTl;KñaEdlRbRBwtþeTA)aneCaKC½y Gac increase awareness of mutual issues and eFVI[PaKITaMgGs; Gacyl;kan;Etc,as;nUvbBaða balance power, making negotiation possible. TaMgsgxag nigGMBItulüPaBénGMNac EdleFVI [kic©crcaGacRbRBwtþeTA)an . consensus mtiRBmeRBogrYm/ karmUlmti/ kugsg;s‘us A process for making group decisions CadMeNIrkarmYykñúgkarsMerccitþCaRkum edayBMu without voting, where agreement is reached caM)ac;e)aHeqñat . karRBmeRBogsMerceLIg)an through gathering information and views, and tamry³karRbmUlTsSn³nigBt’man nigkar group discussion. The goal is to reach a CECkCaRkum . eKaledA KWQan[dl;kar decision with which everyone can agree, not seRmccitþmYyEdlTaMgGs;KñaTTYlyk)an BMu just a majority. In consensus, each party has EmnTTYl)anEtmtiPaKeRcInenaHeT . kñúgdMeNIr enough interest in group unity to be flexible karenH plRbeyaCn_kñúgkarrkSasm<½n§PaBRkum on the decision, even though it may not be eFVI[ PaKInImYy²manPaBTn;Pøn;kñúgkarsMerccitþ their preferred solution. eTaHbIesckþIsMerccitþenaH GacBMuEmnCadMeNaH RsayEdleKcUlcitþbMputenaHkþI . conspiracy karrYmpSMKMnitCasMgat; b¤ karrYmKMnitk,t;CasMgat; A plan made secretly by two or more people KMeragkarsMgat;erobcMeLIgedaymnusSBIrnak; b¤ to do something harmful or illegal. eRcInkñúgkareFVIGVImYyEdlnaM[Gnþray b¤xusc,ab; .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 41 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB constituency / constituents RkumKaMRT b¤ GñkKaMRT a. The people who live and vote in a k> mnusSmYyRkumEdlrs;enA nige)aHeqñatenA particular area of the country that elects a mNÐlNamYy edIm,IeRCIserIstMNagcUlkñúg representative to a government body such as sßab½nrdæ dUcCa sPa CaedIm . mnusSmYyRkum a parliament. Any group that supports or is EdlKaMRTedaycMh b¤edayRbeyalcMeBaHGñk likely to support a politician or political party. neya)ay b¤ KNbkSneya)ayNamYy . b. The constituents of a negotiator are the x/ RkumKaMRTrbs;GñkcrcaNamñak; KWCamnusS people he or she is representing or mYyRkumEdlGñkenaHQrCatMNag b¤xMcrca[. negotiating for. constructive EdlmanlkçN³sßabna Actions or speech are constructive if they are skmµPaBb¤sMdI manlkçN³sßabna ebIsinvaman intended to help or lead to improvements, eKaledACYyeRCamERCg b¤naM[mankareCOn rather than to complain or offend people. elOn minEmnRKan;Et)antv:a b¤eFVI[GñkdéTfñak; Having positive results. fñaMgcitþenaHeT . GVIEdlmanlT§plCaviC¢man . constructive criticism karTietonkñúgn½ysßabna Communicating the negative points about a TietonsßankarN_NamYy b¤nrNamñak;kñúgbMNg situation or person in a way that is supportive KaMRT nigcg;[mankarEkERbeTArkpøÚvl¥ . kar and is intended to lead to positive change. Tietonminsßabna naM[manlT§plGaRkk; dUcCa Criticism which is not constructive may have begáIt[mankarEbk)ak; nigeFVI[TMnak;TMngman largely negative results: creating division and PaBrkaMrkUs . damaging relationships. context bribT see also: ABC triangle sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RtIekaN cTb The circumstances or situation in which kal³eTs³ »kas b¤sßankarN_EdlmanGVImYy something happens or in which something is ekIteT,Ig b¤EdlmanerOgGVImYyRtUvykmk to be considered. BicarNa . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 42 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB contradict niyaypÞúy b¤ RbqaMg A statement or fact contradicts another when it karGHGag b¤skmµPaBmYy vapÞúynwgGVImYy is impossible for them both to be true. A eTotenAeBlNaEdlerOgTaMgBIr BMuGacCakar person’s behaviour is contradictory when it BitdUcKña)an . eKGaceRbIvaküs½BÞenHcMeBaH goes against what they say they will do. nrNamñak;enAeBlEdlsMdI nigGMeBIrbs;GñkenaH vapÞúyKña. controversial / controversy EdlGacmanlkçN³RbTajRbTg; ¬vaTb,divaT¦ Provoking strong opinions by going against GVImYyEdlqáwH[manmtiCMTas; eRBaHpÞúynwgGVI prevailing beliefs or practices. mYyEdleKFøab;eCOb¤Føab;RbRBwtþBImunmk . cooling-off period ry³eBlsMrab;eFVI[KUvivaTRtCak;citþnwgKñaeLIgvij see also: arbitration, conciliation, lockout, strike sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karvinicä½y karpSHpSa LúkeGA kUdkmµ The period when a labour dispute is passing Cary³eBlEdlvivaTkargar kMBugqøgkat;dMNak; through the conciliation and arbitration kalpSHpSa karvinicä½y nigEdlkñúgeBlenaH process, during which there should be no BMuRtUv[mankUdkmµ b¤LúkeGAeLIy . strikes or lockouts. cooperation kic©shRbtibtþikar see also: collaboration sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kic©shkar Providing assistance to others or working pþl;CMnYydl;GñkdéT b¤eFVIkarCamYyKña edIm,I together to achieve a common purpose. seRmcbMNgrYm . council RkumRbwkSa a. An official group of people that meets to k> m®nþImYyRkumEdlCYbKña edIm,IBiPakSaGMBI discuss policy, make rules or decisions and to eKalneya)ay/ eFVIc,ab;Tmøab; b¤eFVIesckþI give advice. seRmccitþ nigpþl;nUvKMniteyabl; . b. A local government body, e.g. Commune x> sßab½nmYyrbs;rdæenAfñak;mUldæan ]TahrN_ Councils in Cambodia. RkumRbwkSaXMu-sgáat;enAkm<úCa . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 43 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB counselling karRbwkSapþl;eyabl; The act of listening to people and giving them skmµPaBénkarsþab;GñkNamñak; ehIyCYyelIk support or advice in addressing problems or Twkcitþ nigpþl;eyabl; sMrab;edaHRsaybBaða underlying issues they face. EdlGñkenaHkMBugCYbRbTH . crisis vibtþi see also: stages of conflict, trigger / trigger sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ dMNak;kalénTMnas;/ event RBwtþkarN_¼b£sKl;énTMnas; a. An unstable situation of extreme danger or k> sßankarN_GsßirPaBmYyEdlRbkbeday difficulty. ]bsKÁ nigeRKaHfñak;F¶n;F¶r b. A crucial stage or turning point in the x> CadMNak;kald¾sMxan; b¤CacMNucbt;mYy course of a conflict when tension or violence kñúgkarvivtþn_TMnas; EdlenAeBlenaHPaBtantwg is most intense and communication has b¤higSamansnÞúHxøaMg ehIykarR)aRs½yTak;Tg deteriorated. Kña)anFøak;y:ab;yuWn . criteria lkçN³vinicä½y b¤ lkçzan Standards or principles by which judgements, EbbbT b¤eKalkarN_EdleKeRbIR)as; edIm,IeFVI assessments or decisions are made. karvinicä½y eFVIkarvaytémø b¤eFVIesckþIsMerccitþ. criticism karTieton see also: constructive criticism sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTietonkñúgn½ysßabna The act of expressing disapproval or skmµPaBbgðaj[eXIjnUvkarminyl;Rsb b¤kar commenting on the negative points of manmtiGviC¢manelInrNamñak;b¤elIerOgGVImYy . someone or something.

cross-cultural TMnak;TMngrvagvb,Fm’epSg²Kña see also: multi-cultural sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ Bhuvb,Fm’ Involving exchange or relationship between GVI²EdlBak;B½n§eTAnwgkaredaHdUr b¤TMnak;TMng people from more than one culture. rvagmnusSEdlmanRbPBvb,Fm’xusBIKña . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 44 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB cross-cultural negotiation karcrcatamlkçN³vb,Fm’epSg²Kña see also: negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karcrca Negotiation styles can vary significantly from rcnabTénkarcrca Gacpøas;bÚúþÚrBIvb,Fm’mYy one culture to another, whether between eTAmYyeTot eTaHbIrvagCatisasn_/ rvagRkum different ethnic or social groups or between epSgKñakñúgsgÁmEtmYy b¤rvagCMnan;xusKñakñúg different generations within the same group. RkumEtmYy . ]/ manvb,Fm’xøH eKcUlcitþ For example, in some cultures people prefer niyayBITMnas; enAeBlvaeTIbekIteLIg eday to talk very directly and openly about conflict Rtg;eTARtg;mk nigedaycMh rIÉvb,Fm’xøHeTot issues in initial face-to-face meetings, while kareFVIdUecñH GacnaM[mankar)ak;mux nignaM[ in others this is likely to cause loss of face xUcxatdl;TMnak;TMng . karcab;GarmµN_GMBIPaB and further damage the relationship. xusKñarvagvb,Fm’epSg² KWmansar³sMxan;Nas; Awareness of cross-cultural issues is very kñúgkarcrcaKña nigkñúgkarbMBak;bMb:nCMnaj Edl important in negotiation and in conflict skills mankareRbIR)as;nUv ]bkrN_EdlbegáIteLIg training which makes use of materials edayvb,Fm’xus²Kña . developed in different cultures. culture vb,Fm’ The shared values, knowledge and behaviour karRbkan;yknUvtémørYm cMeNHdwg nigGakb,kiri of a group of people. The way a group of yarbs;mnusSmYyRkum . rebobrbb b¤karyl; people perceives and interprets the world, and eXIjrbs;mnusSmYyRkum cMeBaHBiPBelak nig how this manifests in communication, social GVIEdlGñkTaMgenaH)anbgðajecjmk tamry³ organisation, art, etc. karTMnak;TMngKña tamsil,³ karerobcMsgÁm .l. culture of impunity vb,Fm’rYceTas There is a culture of impunity when the fact eKniyayGMBIvb,Fm’rYceTas enAeBlNaEdl that certain people can use their position or enAkñúgsgÁm Rkum b¤GgÁkarNamYy vaCakar status to avoid punishment is common and Fmµta b¤CakarEdleKTTYl)an enAeBleXIj accepted within a society, group or manmnusSxøHeRbIR)as;tYnaTI b¤zan³rbs;xøÜnkñúg organisation. kareKcevHBIkarpþnÞaeTas . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 45 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

Culture of Peace vb,Fm’snþiPaB Defined by the United Nations as: “a set of tamniymn½yrbs; Gsb KW témø Gakb,kiriya/ values, attitudes, modes of behaviour and criya nigrebobrs;enAmYycMnYnEdlTat;ecal ways of life that reject violence and prevent nUvGMeBIhigSa nigTTYlykkarbgáarTMnas; eday conflicts by tackling their root causes to solve edaHRsaycab;BIb£sKl;énTMnas; tamry³kar problems through dialogue and negotiation BiPakSa nigcrcaKñarvag buKÁl RkummnusS nig among individuals, groups and nations.” The rvagsBa¢ati . TsSn³énvb,Fm’snþiPaBrYmbBa©Úl concept of a culture of peace encompasses all RKb;rUbPaBénkarrs;enA EdlCYyCMruj[man aspects of life that promote peace, such as snþiPaB dUcCa karGPivDÆn_esdækic©nigsgÁmkic© sustainable economic and social mancIrPaB kareKarBsiT§imnusS PaBesµIKñarvag®sþI development, respect for human rights, nigburs karcUlrYmCalkçN³RbCaFibetyü .l. equality between women and men, democratic participation, etc. culture of violence vb,Fm’higSa There is a culture of violence when violence eKGacniyay)anfa manvb,Fm’higSaenAeBl or the threat of violence is common and EdlGMeBIhigSa b¤karKMramkMEhg ekItmanCa accepted within a society, group, or RbcaMenAkñúgsgÁmmYy b¤mnusSmYyRkumEdlsux organisation, often characterised by a citþTTYlykva nigEdlkñúgenaH sßanPaBén breakdown of the rule of law. The use of nItirdæ)anFøak;y:ab;yuWn . kareRbIvb,Fm’higSa violence may be respected or glorified by GacCaCMerIsrbs;smaCikxøHenAkñúgsgÁm kñúgkar certain members as a form of interaction and edaHRsayvivaT enAeBlEdlGñkÉeTotrs;enA settling differences or conflicts, while others kñúgsPaBP½yxøac . vb,Fm’higSaGacekItman live in fear. It may be generalised, or CaTUeTA b¤k¾GactRmg;eTArkEtmnusSmYyRkum directed towards a particular group or race. b¤CatiBn§NamYyd¾Cak;lak; . custom TMenomTMlab; A practice that is common to people in a rebobrbbCarYm EdlGnuvtþedaymnusSenA particular place or society. kEnøgNamYy b¤enAkñúgsgÁmNamYy. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 46 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB deadline kalkMNt; A date or time by which you have to do or KWCaeBlevlamYYyEdlGñkRtUvbMeBjkic©kar[ complete something. ehIy enAmun b¤enARtwm eBlenaH. deadlock PaBT½lRck A situation in which a disagreement cannot be sßankarN_mYyEdlPaKIbdibkç BMuGaccuHsMrugKña settled and opposing parties cannot proceed in nigBMuGacQaneTAmux)an enAkñúgdMeNIrkaredaH the resolution process. RsaybBaðaTMnas;Kña . debate karCECkEvkEjk see also: dialogue sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsnÞna A formal argument or discussion of an issue karCECktv:aedaycMh enAelIerOgGVImYy eday following strict procedures between opposing mannItiviFIc,as;las; rvagvaKµinEdlminRsbKña speakers, and often ending in a vote. A debate ehIyeRcInEtbBa©b;edaykare)aHeqñat. lT§pl usually results in a winner and a loser. seRmc eRcInEtmanGñkQñH nigGñkcaj; . decision karseRmccitþ decision-making kareFVIesckþIseRmccitþ see also: collaborative problem-solving, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rYmKñaedaHRsaybBaða consensus, participatory decision-making, mtiRBmeRBogrYm karseRmccitþedaymankar problem-solving cUlrYm karedaHRsaybBaða The process of thinking about an issue and dMeNIrkarBicarNaelIbBaðaGVImYy kñúgkarQan making a choice or judgement about what eTArkkarvinicä½y b¤CMerIsNamYy edIm,IeFVI action to take. There are many decision- skmµPaB . manynþkareRcInNas;kñúgkareFVI making processes, with different rules and esckþIseRmccitþ ehIyynþkarnImYy²manc,ab; structures and varying degrees of Tmøab; nigrcnasm<½n§epSg²Kña nigmankRmit participation or dialogue. xus²KñakñúgkarcUlrYm nigkñúgkarBiPakSaKña . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 47 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB deep-rooted conflict TMnas;cak;b£ssµúKsµaj see also: conflict, protracted social conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas; A conflict that is not based on negotiable TMnas;sgÁmyUrGEgVg interests and positions, but on deep CaTMnas;EdlBMuEmnepþatenAelIplRbeyaCn_ b¤CMhr underlying needs that cannot be EdlGaccrcaKña)anenaHeT b:uEnþepþatelItMrUvkard¾ compromised. Such conflict can occur in any RCaleRCAEdlBMuGacsMruHsMrYl)an . TMnas;EbbenH relationship where equality, access and basic GacekItmaneLIgenAkñúgRKb;TMnak;TMng enAeBl needs relating to identity and participation are EdlsmPaB kar)anTTYl nigtMrUvkarCamUldæan frustrated. The most conspicuous are violent EdlCab;Tak;TinnwgbBaðaGtþsBaØaN nigkarcUlrYm conflicts between communities or nations RtUv)aneKraraMgxÞb; . ]TahrN_EdlelceFøaCageK over preservation of culture and values. KWTMnas;higSarvagshKmn_ b¤sBa¢atienAelIkar EfrkSavb,Fm’ nigtémøsIlFm’ . de-escalation karbnßyPaBraldalénTMnas; see also: escalation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karrIkraldalénTMnas; A decrease in the intensity of a conflict. The karfycuHkmøaMgenAkñúgTMnas;NamYy . Bakü opposite of escalation. pÞúyKWkarrIkraldalénTMnas; . de facto ekIteLIgcMeBaHmuxCak;Esþg see also: de jure sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ tamc,ab; Something that exists in reality but which GVImYyEdlekItmankñúgkarBitCak;Esþg EtEdl may not have official status. For example, a GacBMumanlkçN³CapøÚvkar . ]> rdæaPi)almYy de facto government is one that exercises EdlekIteLIgedayCak;Esþg KWCardæaPi)alEdl power in a state even though it is not kan;GMNacBitR)akd eTaHbICaBMu)anekIteLIgBI officially elected or the legally recognised kare)aHeqñattampøÚvkar b¤k¾BMuRtUv)anTTYlsÁal; government. faCardæaPi)alRsbc,ab;kþI . de jure tamc,ab; see also: de facto sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ekIteLIgcMeBaHmuxCak;Esþg Something that has been recognised or GVImYyEdl)anTTYlsÁal; b¤)ankMNt;eday determined by law. c,ab; . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 48 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB de-humanisation karbenßaktémøCamnusS The psychological process of making an viFIcitþsa®sþEdleFVI[PaKI b¤RkumRbqaMgman opponent or group seem less than human and sPaBefakTabminEmnCamnusS dUecñHBMucaM)ac; hence not worthy of humane treatment. ykcitþTukdak;kñúgsPaBCamnusSeLIy . delegate epÞrGMNac b¤ epÞrParkic©/ GñkTTYlsiT§i¼GMNac a. To assign part of your power or work to k> karRbKl;GMNac b¤kic©karxøHeTAdl;GñkNa someone in a position lower than yours. mñak;EdlmantYnaTITabCag . b. Someone who has been chosen to represent x> nrNamñak;EdlRtUv)aneRCIserIseGayeFVICa a group. tMNagRkumNamYy . delimitation karkMNt;RBMEdn see also: demarcation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karkMNt;ExSbnÞat; The precise determination of a limit or karkMNt;RBMEdnc,as;las;Cak;Esþg EdleFVI boundary, especially the frontier of a territory. eT,IgtamnItiviFI edayKN³kmµkarkMnt;RBMEdn . delusion esckþIPan;PaMg see moha sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ emah³ demarcation karkMNt;ExSbnÞat; see also: delimitation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karkMNt;RBMEdn Marking the boundary or limits of something. ExSbnÞat;EdlbegáIteT,Ig edIm,IkMNt;RBMEdn b¤ A dividing line, especially between one area kMritGVImYy/ ExSEdlx½NÐrvagTwkdIBIr . of land and another.

demobilisation karrMsay

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 49 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB democracy RbCaFibetyü A system of government in which power KWCaRbB½n§rdæaPi)almYy edaykñúgenHGMNacsßit resides in the people and is exercised by them enAkñúgédrbs; RbCaBlrdæEdlGacGnuvtþva either directly or through elected edaypÞal; b¤tamry³GñktMNagEdlCab;eqñat. representatives. A form of society that favours KWCasgÁmEdlniymrbbBhubkS nigykcitþTuk pluralism and tolerance of minority views. dak;dl; KMnitrbs;mnusSPaKtic . denial karbdiesF deputation muxgar b¤ RkumGñktMNag see also: delegate sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RbtiPUGMNac/ RbKl; A group of people who are sent to talk to mnusSmYyRkum EdlRtUv)anbBa¢ÚneTACatMNag someone in authority, as representatives of a énRkumFM edIm,IniyayCamYyGñkNamñak;kñúgrdæ larger group. GMNac . development karGPivDÆn_ The process of socio-economic change in a dMeNIrkarénkarpøas;bþÚrxagesdækic©-sgÁmkic© country or society. enAkñúgsgÁm b¤RbeTsNamYy . dhammayietra FmµyaRta Dhammayietra is a Khmer-Pali term, usually KWCaBaküExµr )alI EdlERbeTACaPasaGg;eKøs translated as “peace walk” in English. The fa{dMeNIrsnþiPaB}. BaküenHmanRbCaRbiyPaB term became popular in Cambodia through enAeBlEdlRBHmhaeXasnnþ )andwknaMdMeNIr the annual long-distance peace walks lead by snþiPaBBImYyqñaMeTAmYyqñaM edaymankarcUlrYm Samdech Preah Maha Ghosananda and joined BIsMNak;RBHsgÇ/ dUnCI nigRbCaBlrdæCaeRcIn by many hundreds of Buddhist monks, nuns rynak; . dMeNIrkarenH cab;epþImBIqñaM1992 and laypeople. Beginning in 1992 with a walk edaymankarcUlrYmBIGñkmatuPUminivtþn_ mkBICMrM that brought large numbers of returnees from mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 50 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB the Thai border camps, the dhammayietras enAtamRBMEdnExµr-éf nig)anqøgkat;tMbn; walked through areas of conflict and GsnþisuxCaeRcIn kñúgTsvtSr_1990 edIm,IpSBV insecurity within Cambodia throughout the pSaynUvsemøgsnþiPaB nigkarpSHpSa . 1990s, spreading messages of peace and reconciliation. diagnosis eraKvinicä½y dialogue karsnÞna see also: debate sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karCECkEvkEjk Dialogue is a process of talking together to CadMeNIrkarBiPakSaKñaedaycMh nigminRbqaMgKña share and learn about other’s beliefs, feelings, edIm,IEckrMElk nigEsVgyl;nUv CMenO menaseBa©tna interests or needs in a non-adversarial, open plRbeyaCn_ b¤tMrUvkarrbs;mnusSmñak;². pÞúyBI way. Unlike negotiation, in which the goal is karcrcaEdlEtgmaneKaledAedaHRsayCemøaH usually to reach a settlement of a dispute, the eKaledAénkarsnÞna KWRKan;EtedIm,IbegáInkar goal of dialogue is simply to improve yl;KñaeTAvijeTAmk . understanding. dilemma eTVeRKaH A situation in which it is very difficult to sßanPaBEdlkñúgenaHmankarlM)akxøaMg kñúgkar make a choice between alternatives. Dilemma sMerccitþfaRtUveFVIGVI . karBinitüeLIgvijnUv framing can be a useful way of reframing sßan PaBeTVeRKaH different concerns and issues in conflict to KWCaviFImYyd¾l¥sMrab;esIerIBinitüsa avoid either/or choices, i.e. How can we CafµInUvkþI)armÖ nigbBaðaTaMgLaykñúgTMnas; edIm,I achieve A and also address concern/issue B? eCosvagCMerIstamEbb RtUvykmYyecalmYy . ]TahrN_ etIeyIgsMercKMerag k y:agdUcemþc edayRtUvKitdl;bBaðarbs;KMerag x pgEdr? mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 51 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB diplomacy karTUt see also: multi-track diplomacy, track two sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ tampøÚvTUteRcInRsb diplomacy Kña/ tampøÚvTUtBIrRsbKña a. The interaction between nation states, k> TMnak;TMngrvagRbeTsBIr eFVIeLIgedaym®nþI usually conducted by government officials rdæaPi)alEdlcrcaKñaelI sn§isBaØa neya)ay who negotiate treaties, trade policies, and other BaNiC¢kmµ nigkic©RBmeRBogGnþrCatiepSgeTot. international agreements. x> CMnajkñúgkarcat;Ecgkic©kar nigkarcrca b. Skill in handling affairs and negotiations edayeFVImin[mankarRbQmmuxdak;Kña . without arousing hostility. diplomat GñkkarTUt see also: diplomacy sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTUt A person who practices diplomacy. mnusSEdleFVIkargarxagkarTUt . diplomatic negotiation karcrcatampøÚvTUt see also: negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karcrca International legal means of dispute settlement meFüa)aypøÚvc,ab;GnþrCati kñúgkaredaHRsay through the development of bi- and multilateral vivaT EdleFVItamry³kic©RBmeRBogeTVPaKI nig agreements and the drawing up of international BhuPaKI nigkarksagc,ab;GnþrCatiepSg² . regulations. The concept of the peaceful eKalKMniténkaredaHRsayTMnas;edaysnþiviFI settlement of disputes through negotiation was tamry³karcrca RtUv)ankMNt;CaRkwtüRkmenA institutionalised in the 20th Century in various kñúgstvtSr_TI20 tamry³sn§isBaØaGnþrCati international conventions. epSg² . diplomatic protection/immunity kic©ðkarBartampøÚvTUt b¤ GP½yÉksiT§itampøÚvTUt The special status provided to diplomats siT§iBiesspþl;dl;m®nþIkarTUt EdlkarBarBYkeK which protects them from prosecution in the min[mankarcab;cgenAkñúg RbeTsEdleKeTA countries where they are working as bMeBjebskkmµkñúgzan³Ca GñktMNagRbeTs representatives of their own governments. rbs;eK . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 52 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB direct action skmµPaBcM² b¤ edaypÞal; see also: active nonviolence, nonviolence sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ/ GhigSa Direct action is action that is taken to directly KWCaskmµPaBEdleFVIeLIgedaycM² edIm,ITak; confront or draw attention to an issue. It refers to TajkarykcitþTukdak;eTAelIbBaðaGVImYy . va actions intended to gain support for the position eRcInEtCaskmµPaBRbmUlkarKaMRT sMrab;PaKI of one of the parties, rather than to negotiation or NamYy CaCagtamkarcrca b¤tamry³karRbwg other conflict management efforts. Examples ERbgedIm,IRKb;RKgTMnas; . ]TahrN_ kartva: include protests, demonstrations, marches, )atukmµ BiFIdEgðk,Ün Bhikar kUdkmµ Rkum)atukr boycotts, strikes, pickets, etc. Direct action may tUc² .l. skmµPaBcM² GacGhigSa b¤higSa be nonviolent or violent, depending upon the GaRs½y enAelIGñkerobcM nigGñkcUlrYm . organisers and participants. disarmament kardkhUtsBVavuF see also: arms control, weapons control, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karRtYtRtaGavuF/ kar weapons reduction RtYtBinitüsBaVvuF/ karkat;bnßyeRKOgsBaVvuF Reduction (complete or limited) of the Cakarkat;bnßy ¬TaMgGs; b¤xøH²¦ nUvcMnYn b¤ number or type of weapons possessed by an RbePTGavuFEdlkgkmøaMg b¤RkumNamYyman . army or specific group. When this applies to ebIeKGnuvtþeTAelIRbCaBlrdæCaTUeTAenaH eK the general population, it is usually called eRcInehAfa karkat;bnßyGavuF . weapons reduction. discrimination karerIseGIg The practice of treating a particular group in a CakarRbRBwtiþ eTAelIRkumNamYykñúgsgÁm eday society in an unfair way, e.g. racial minesµIPaB ]TahrN_dUcCakarerIseGIgBN’ discrimination or sexual discrimination. It can sm,úr/ karerIseGIgpøÚvePT . karerIseGIgGac occur at an institutional or at an individual ekIteLIg)anenAkñúgsßab½n b¤enAkRmitbuKÁl . level.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 53 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB disempowerment kardkhUtGMNac see also: assertive, empowerment, proactive sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ EdleBalGHGag b¤ a. To deprive someone of the power to EdlkarBarCMhry:agxøaMg/ karpþl;GMNac/ control their own life. To diminish someone's epþImKMnitskmµCamun ability to make choices about their life. k> karraraMgnrNamñak; min[manlT§PaBRKb;RKg b. The subjective feeling of being unable to CIvitrbs;eKpÞal; . karkat;bnßysmtßPaBnrNa control one's own life or to make choices for mñak; kñúgkareRCIserIspøÚvCIvitrbs;xøÜn . oneself. x> karmanGarmµN_CaTUeTAfa minGacRtYtRtaCIvit xøÜnÉg b¤minGaceRCIserIssMrab;xøÜnÉg)an . displacement karpøas;bþÚrTIkEnøgedaybgçMcitþ see also: refugee sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CnePosxøÜn The act of forcing a group of people to leave the KWCakarbgçMmnusSmYyRkum [cakecjBIkEnøg area where they normally live. A displaced EdleKFøab;rs;enA . CnCemøós KWCamnusS person is someone who has been forced to leave EdlRtUvbgçM[cakBIRbeTsxøÜn edaysars®gÁam their country because of war or other danger. An b¤eRKaHfñak;GVImYy . CnCemøóskñúgRsuk KWCa internally displaced person (IDP) is someone Gñk EdlRtUvbgçM[cakecjBIpÞHsMEbgrbs;xøÜn who has been forced to leave their home by edaysarCemøaHsBaVvuF b:uEnþGñkenaHBMu)ancak armed conflict, but remains within their country. ecjBIRbeTseT . dispute vivaT¼CemøaH see also: conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas; A disagreement in which opposing views are karminRBmeRBogKña EdlkñúgenaH mtipÞúyKñaRtUv strongly held. The term dispute is used for )ankarBary:agxøaMgkøa . kñúgPasaGg;eKøs vivaT conflicts of an official, legal, or political b¤ CemøaH sMedAdl;karTas;KñaCapøÚvkareTAtam nature, and usually not involving violence, c,ab; b¤ manlkçN³neya)ay ]TahrN_ e.g. border dispute, land dispute, labour CemøaHRBMEdn/ CemøaHdIFøI/ CemøaHkargar .l. dispute, etc. The term border conflict would Bakü TMnas;RBMEdn rYmbBa©ÚlKMnit karb:HTgÁicKña imply physical confrontation or armed mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 54 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB conflict, while border dispute would be rhUtmankareRbIGavuF . rIÉBakü CemøaHRBMEdn addressed through diplomatic channels. The eRcInEtRtUveKedaHRsaytampøÚvTUt . PaKIenA parties in a dispute are sometimes called kñúgCemøaH CYnkaleKehAfa GñkmanCemøaH . disputants. dispute resolution karedaHRsayvivaT b¤ CMemøaH see also: alternative dispute resolution, conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSgkñúgkar resolution, dispute edaHRsayTMnas;/ karedaHRsayvivaT The process of formally resolving a dispute, dMeNIrkaredaHRsayCemøaHtampøÚvkar eTaHtam whether through judicial (litigation) or ry³tulakar ¬bNþwgkþI¦ b¤tamRckepSgeTot . alternative channels. Adjudication, mCÄtþkarbNþwgkþI karsRmuHsRmYl nigkarcrca arbitration, litigation, mediation and TaMgGs;enH KWCadMeNIrkarénkaredaHRsay negotiation are all dispute resolution TMnas; . processes. domestic violence GMeBIhigSakñúgRKYsar Violence in the family or home. GMeBIhigSaenAkñúgRKYsar b¤enApÞH . dominate RKbsgát; see also: influence sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ \T§iBl a. To have power, control or strong influence k> karmanGMNacRtYtRta b¤\Ti§BlelInrNa over someone or something. mñak; b¤elIGVImYy . b. To be the most important feature of x> lkçN³elceFøaenAkñúgrbs;GVImYy . something. dosa (hate) eTas³ ¬esckþIs¥b;ex

Hate is a working English translation of the enAkñúgRBHBuT§sasna Bakü eTas³ elaP³ nig Pali Buddhist term dosa, which together with emah³ KWCa {b£sminl¥TaMgbI} énGMeBI b¤ Gku greed (lobha) and delusion (moha) forms the slmUl . karGnuvtþn_tamEbbRBHBuT§sasna three “unwholesome roots” of action or CYy[mankaryl;dwgGMBIb£sminl¥TaMgenaH nig akusalā mūlā. Buddhist practice encourages GMBIkarbMEbøg[eTACab£sl¥ b¤ kuslmUl vij awareness of the unwholesome roots and Edlmansb,úrsFm’ ¬GelaP³ b¤Tan¦/ esckþI their transformation into the three emtþa kruNa ¬GeTas³ b¤emtþa¦ nigkareyaK “wholesome roots” of generosity (alobha or yl; ¬Gemah³ b¤ bBaØa¦ . dāna), loving-kindness (adosa or mettā), and understanding (amoha or paññā). doughnut tool (onion tool) ]bkrN_dUNat; b¤ ]bkrN_xÞwm)araMg see also: interests, needs, positions sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ plRbeyaCn_ A graphic tool used to analyse the dynamics esckþIRtUvkar nigCMhr of a conflict and to help parties move beyond Ca]bkrN_rUbPaB sMrab;eRbIR)as;eFVIviPaKGMBI public positions through understanding basic famBlénTMnas; nigsMrab;CYydl;PaKITaMgGs; needs and interests. [QanhYsBI CMhrCasaFarN³Edlmñak;²RtUv

Etman edayEsVgyl;[)anc,as;GMBI tMrUvkarCa mUldæan nigplRbeyaCn_rbs;mñak;² .

RbeyaCn_ Interests

CMhr tMrUvkar Positions Needs

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 56 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB elicitive/prescriptive EdlbMpusKMnit b¤ Edldak;bBaØtþi see also: action learning cycle, problem-posing sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vdþeronsURtBI approach skmµPaB viFIsa®sþkñúgkarelIkbBaða The elicitive/prescriptive comparison is used viFIeRbobeFob begáIteLIgedayelak Cnb:Ul by John Paul Lederach to examine the eLdWra:k; edIm,IBinitüGMBITMnak;TMngrvagRKUbgðat; relationship between trainer and participant in nigsikçakamenAkñúgsikçasala sþIGMBIkaredaH conflict resolution workshops, especially RsayTMnas; CaBiesseBlNaEdleKmkBI when the trainers (or materials) are from a RbPBvb,Fm’epSg²Kña . viFI bMpus[ecjrUbrag different culture. The elicitive approach [témøeTAelIkarrkeXIj edaymankarcUlrYm promotes participatory discovery rooted in nigedayEp¥kelItémøvb,Fm’rbs;sikçakamehIy the cultural knowledge of the trainees and eKyl;fa vIFIenH CaRbPBd¾viessvisalsMrab; sees this as an important resource for EsVgrkyuT§viFIEdleqøIytbeTAnwgshKmn_rbs; developing appropriate strategies within their eKpÞal; . viFI dak;bBaØtiþ Ep¥kCasMxan;elIkarepÞr setting. The prescriptive approach relies CMnajrbs;RKUbgðat; eTAdl;sikçakam . karecH primarily on transfer of trainer expertise. KYbpSMbBa©ÚlKñanUvviFITaMgBIrenH GacbegáIt)an Effective training may be a skilful nUvviFIhVwkhat;mYyd¾manRbsiT§iPaB . combination of the two approaches. emotions karrMCYlcitþ Strong feelings such as love, fear, worry, CamenaseBa©tnad¾xøaMgEdlpusecjmk dUcCa hatred, anger, jealousy or envy. Emotions are esñha karP½yxøac kar)armÖ esckþIs¥b;ex

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 59 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB face/face-saving muxmat; b¤ karrkSamuxmat; see also: projection sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karqøúHbBa©aMg Face refers to a person’s image, both to muxmat; sMedAdl;rUbPaBcMhrbs;nrNamñak; oneself and to others. If you lose face, it means EdlemIleXIjedayxøÜnÉg nigemIleXIjeday that other people lose their respect for you. A GñkÉeTot . ebIGñk)ak;mux KW)anesckþIfa Gñk face-saving approach to conflict management ÉeTotnwgElgeKarBGñk . viFIeFVImin[)ak;mux is one that does not damage the image of either enAkñúgkarRKb;RKgTMnas; KWCaviFImYyEbbEdl party, which in turn increases the likelihood of mineFVI[rUbPaBPaKINamYymankarxUcxat nig reaching a negotiated settlement. EdlGaceFVI[mankic©RBmeRBogkan;Etqab; . facilitate sRmbsRmYl see facilitation sUmemIlBakü³ karsRmbsRmYl facilitation karsRmbsRmYl see also: mediation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ sRmuHsRmYl A process in which a third party helps CadMeNIrkarmYyEdlPaKITIbI CYyGñkÉeTot[ individuals work together as a group, ecHeFVIkarCamYyKñaCaRkum CaBiesscUlrYmkñúg especially in participatory decision-making. kareFVIesckþIseRmccitþ . GñksMrbsMrYlTTYl A facilitator is responsible for group process xusRtUvGMBIrebobrbbdMeNIrkarbs;Rkum ¬]> etI – i.e. how the decisions are made – but RtUveFVIkarsMerccitþdUcemþc¦ b:uEnþGñkenaHRtUvenA remains neutral as to outcome. Through GBüaRkwt minRtUvman\Ti§BleTAelIlT§pl helping participants set ground rules and bBa©b;eT . tamry³karCYyPaKITaMgGs;[erob agendas, and enforcing these, the meeting will cMnUvbTb,BaØtiþ nigrebobvar³énkic©RbCMu nig be more focused and work towards their karGnuvtþn_nUvGVIEdl)ansMercrYm eKnwgeFVI[kar mutual goals. A person who conducts RbCMuBMuEbkecjBIGVIEdlRtUvBiPakSa nigCYyeFVI[ facilitation is called a facilitator. QaneTArkeKaledArYm . GñkEdleFVIkarsRmb sRmYleKehAfa GñksRmbsRmYl . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 60 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

kMNt;cMNaM³ manGñkxøHyl;fa hak;dUcCaKµan karxusKñaGVIeTrvagBakü {sRmbsRmYl} nig Bakü {sRmuHsRmYl} . tamBiteyIgyl;fa {sRmbsRmYl} Edlbkfa facilitation mann½y TUlMTUlayCag {sRmuHsRmYl} EdleRcIneRbIenA eBlNamanCemøaHb¤TMnas; . rIÉ {sRmbsRmYl} vij eTaHbIKµanTMnas;k¾eKGaceRbI)anEdr . facilitator GñksRmbsRmYl see facilitation sUmemIlBakü³ karsRmbsRmYl fact karBit Something is a fact if it is known for certain KWGVIEdlRtUv)aneKdwgB¤RKb;Kñafa )anekIteLIg to have occurred or to be true. BitR)akdEmn . fact-based dispute CemøaHelIkarBit see also: interest-based problem-solving sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karedaHRsaybBaða A dispute that arises from misunderstandings or edayQrelIplRbeyaCn_ rumours, or from differing perceptions or CemøaHekItBIkaryl;RcLMBIBaküccamGara:mBIkar judgements about a situation. mansBaØaxn§ b¤karvinicä½yxus²KñaelIGVImYy . fact-finding karEsVgrkkarBit An investigation conducted by a neutral third karesIubGegát eFVIedayPaKITI3EdlGBüaRkwt party to find out facts and information about edIm,IEsVgrkkarBitnigBt’manGMBIGVImYy . kñúg something. In a conflict situation, it may sßankarN_mYyEdlmanTMnas; eKGacEvkrk[ uncover the causes of the dispute, the truth or eXIjnUvbJsKl;énCemøaH rkeXIjkarBit b¤PaB falsehood of accusations, etc. Joint fact- minBiténkarecaTRbkan; .l. karcUlrYmEsVg finding is a process in which two or more rkkarBit KWCaynþkarmYyEdlsmaCikPaKITM conflictants work together to clarify disputed nas; 2nak; b¤eRcInCagenH eFVIkarCamYyKña edIm,I facts. bMPøWnUvkarBitEdlmñak;²)anGHGagerog²xøÜn . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 61 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB failed state rdæEdlmanRbB½n§mindMeNIrkar A failed state is a country in which there is an KWCardæmYyEdlRbB½n§rdæaPi)al )anRtUvregÁaHregÁI internal breakdown of effective government RBmCamYynwgRbB½n§tulakar EdlCaehtunaM[ and administration of justice, with resulting Elgmanc,ab; nigreboberobry . collapse of law and order. fairness Ktiyutiþ The quality of honesty, impartiality, and KWCaKuNsm,tiþ edayrab;bBa©ÚlTaMgPaBesµaHRtg; justice. Treating everyone equally. PaBminlMeGog PaBmanyutþiFm’ nigkarykcitþTuk dak;CamYyGñkdéTedayesµIPaBKña . feedback karpþl;Bt’manRtLb; see also: constructive criticism, criticism sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTietonsßabna/ Advice or criticism about how successful or karTieton useful something is, especially to someone KWCakarpþl;eyabl; b¤karTietonelIPaBeCaK who is unaware of the way their behaviour C½y b¤PaBmanRbeyaCn_énGVImYy CaBiess affects other people. It can be constructive cMeBaHbuKÁlNamñak; EdlBMu)andwgxøÜnfaetI (positive) or negative. Gakb,kiriyarbs;xøÜn )anb:HBal;eTAdl;GñkdéT dUcemþcxøH . karpþl;Bt’manRtLb;Gacman lkçN³CaviC¢man b¤GviC¢man . fight-flee (fight-flight) RbQmmux - rt;eKc To fight or to flee (run away) are instinctual, karRbQmmux b¤rt;eKc KWCaRbtikmµBIFmµCati habitual reactions to conflict or stress which CasPavKti b¤CaTMlab; cMeBaHTMnas; b¤ cMeBaH need to be understood in order to develop sMBaFGarmµN_enAeBlCYbeRKaHfñak; . eKRtUv alternative responses through learning skilful yl;[)anc,as;BIRbtikmµenH edIm,IriHrknUvCMerIs ways to express ourselves. epSg² kñúgkareqøIytbeTAnwgsßankarN_GVImYy edaysikSaGMBIviFId¾buinRbsb; kñúgkarBnül;[ GñkÉeTotyl;GMBIxøÜneyIg . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 62 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB force-field analysis karviPaKkmøaMg b¤ GMNac A tool for analysing positive and negative ¬énPaKIenAkñúgTMnas;¦ forces or influences and assessing their ]bkrN_sMrab;viPaKkmøaMgCaviC¢man nigGviC¢man relative impacts in a conflict situation. edIm,IvaytémønUv\Ti§Blrbs;va kñúgsßankarN_ manTMnas; . forgiveness karGt;eTas framework eRKag b¤ TRmg;kar b¤ Rkbx½NÐ A basic set of information or facts used as a CaBt’man b¤karBitmYycMnYnCamUldæanEdleK structure or outline for developing more eRbICarcnasm<½n§ b¤CaeRKagq¥wg¼TMrg;eRkA edIm,I complex ideas, analysis, discussion, etc. bMpus KMnit karviPaK karCECkBiPakSaKña .l.

Geneva Conventions GnusBaØaRkughSWENv see also: war crimes sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ]Rkidækmµs®gÁam International treaties for the protection of Casn§isBaØaGnþrCati edIm,IkarBarCnrgeRKaH victims of war. The first Geneva Convention, edaysars®gÁam . GnusBaØaRkughSWENvelIk covering the treatment of battlefield TI1 sþIBIkarse®gÁaHenATIlanRbyuT§ )anGnum½t casualties, was adopted in 1864 as part of the enAqñaM1864 CaEpñkmYyénkarksagKN³kmµa founding of the International Committee of Fikarkak)aTRkhmGnþrCati (ICRC) . GnusBaØa the Red Cross (ICRC). Others were added epSg²eTot)anRtUvbEnßm ¬s®gÁamenAsmuRT/ (on war at sea, prisoners of war, and civilians GñkeTass®gÁam/ CnsIuvilenAkñúgs®gÁam¦ in war) and a revised set of four conventions ehIyGtßbTEksMrYlénGnusBaØaTaMgbYn )aneFVI was ratified in 1949. Later provisions were sc©anumtienAqñaM1949 . GtßbTeRkay²eTot added prohibiting certain methods of warfare )anRtUvbEnßm sþIBIkarhamXat;viFIeFVIcM)aMgmYy and addressing issues in civil wars. Nearly cMnYn nigkaredaHRsaybBaðananaenAkñúgs®gÁam 200 countries have ratified these conventions. sIuvil . RbeTsCit200 )aneFVIsc©anumtielIGnu sBaØaTaMgenH . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 63 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB genocide karsmøab;rgÁal The deliberate extermination of a racial, karsmøab;edayectna RbRBwtþeTAelImnusSmYyRkum political, or cultural group. edaysarehtuplCatisasn_ neya)ayb¤vb,Fm’ . goal eKaledA The desired end or result that a person or a KWCalT§plcugbBa©b; EdlmnusSmñak; b¤KeRmag project seeks to achieve. NamYy cg;eFVI[)anseRmc . go-between GñkGaCJakNþal b¤ emGeNþIk see also: shuttle diplomacy, shuttle mediation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ dMeNIrkarpøÚvTUtRtLb; cuHeLIg/ karsRmuHsRmYlRtLb;cuHeLIgeTAvij eTAmkTaMgsgxag A third party who sees each disputant CaPaKITIbIEdlCYb PaKICemøaHnimYy²dac;BIKña separately and facilitates communication ehIyCYysRmYlTMnak;TMngrvagBYkeK . between them. greed esckþIelaPln; see lobha sUmemIlBakü³ elaP³ grievance karEføgTukç A complaint made about unfair treatment. kartva:sþIBIGMeBIGyutþiFm’Edl)anTTYlknøgmk . groundrules c,ab; b¤ vin½yCamUldæan Basic rules or principles agreed upon to guide bTb,BaØtþi b¤eKalkarN_CamUldæan Edl)anRBm behaviour (in group work, negotiation, etc.). eRBogKñakñúgkardwknaMkargarCaRkum/ karcrca .l. hate esckþIs¥b;ex

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 67 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

‘I’ statement karEføgedayykxøÜnÉgCa]TahrN_ see also: communication skills or tools sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eTBekaslü A communications skill in which the speaker CMnajkñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg b¤ conveys how they feel about a particular meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg behaviour or situation without blaming the KWCaPaBbuinRbsb;kñúgkareFVITMnak;TMng EdlvaKµin other person. This may also include what R)ab;eTAGñkÉeTot GMBImenaseBa©tnarbs;xøÜncM change they would like to see – but without eBaHGakb,kiriyab¤sßankarN_NamYyedayeCos directly telling the other person what they vagBMubenÞasGñkdéT . kñúgenHGacmankarni should do. Good ‘I’ statements are non- yayBIGVIEdleKcg;eXIjekIteLIgedayBMucaM)ac; threatening and improve communication by R)ab;Rtg;²eTAmñak;eTotfaetIRtUveFVIy:agNa . helping to avoid defensive reactions in the karGnuvtþviFIenH)anl¥ eFVI[TMnak;TMng)anRb listener. esIredayKµankarKMramkMEhg nigeCosvag)an nUvRbtikmµkarBarxøÜnBIGñksþab; . identity GtþsBaØaN see also: identity conflict, identity group sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;BIbBaðaGtþ The way people see themselves - the groups sBaØaN/ GtþsBaØaNRbcaMRkum they feel a part of and the significant aspects CalkçN³BiessEdlmnusSmña emIleXIjBIxøÜn of themselves that they use to describe Ég ¬KWlkçN³énRkummYyEdlBYkeKKitfaxøÜneK themselves to others - whether personal or CacMEnkmYy nigEdlBYkeKEtgBiBN’naBIxøÜnÉg collective. R)ab;GñkdéT¦ eTaHCapÞal;xøÜn b¤CaRkumk¾eday.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 68 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB identity conflict TMnas;BIbBaðaGtþsBaØaN see also: ethnic conflict, identity, identity group sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;CatiBn§ Conflict between identity groups, often GtþsBaØaN GtþsBaØaNRbcaMRkum rooted in unresolved past loss or suffering. TMnas;rvagRkummnusSmanGtþsBaØaNxusKñaEdl Identity conflicts develop when a person or CaerOy²manbJsKl;enAkñúgkarxatbg;¼karQW group feels that their sense of self is cab;BImunEdlBMuTan;)anedaHRsay. TMnas;Ebb threatened or denied legitimacy or respect. enHekIteLIgenAeBlEdleKmanGarmµN_fa Gtþ Religious, ethnic, and racial conflicts are sBaØaN)anTTYlkarKMramkMEhg nigBMuRtUv)an examples of identity conflicts. eKeKarB . TMnas;EbbenHmanCaGaT׳ bBaða sasna CatiBn§ nigkarRbkan;BUCsasn_ . identity group GtþsBaØaNRkum A group with which a person feels a sense of CaRkummYy EdlsmaCikmanGarmµN_fa xøÜneK belonging, defined by such factors as cgP¢ab;eTAnwgRkumenaH tamry³ktþamYycMnYndUc ethnicity, race, religion, language, etc. and in Ca CatiBn§ BUCsasn_ sasna Pasa .l. which the individuals place an emotional or smaCikRkum EtgEtmanmenaseBa©tnad¾RCal value significance. eRCAsMrab;Rkum nigTTYlsÁal;nUvtémørbs;va . ideology menaKmn_viC¢a A strongly held system of ideas or way of karRbkan;x¢ab;nUvKMnit b¤rebobrbbkñúgkarKit thinking used as a basis to justify behaviour. BicarNa sMrab;eFVICamUldæan kñúgkarRbkan; A set of ideas upon which a political or \riyabf . TsSn³mYycMnYnEdleKeRbIsMrab; economic system is based. An ideology is erobcMRbB½n§neya)ay b¤esdækic© . kñúgkarCH more significant in influencing behaviour \T§iBlelIGakb,kiriya menaKmviC¢amankMlaMg than common sense or evidence from xøaMgCagsuPnicä½y b¤PaBCak;EsþgNamYyEdl surrounding events. ekItecjBIRBwtþikarN_CMuvijxøÜneyIg.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 69 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB imbalance GtulüPaB see also: power sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GMNac A lack of balance. In conflict, a situation in karxVHtulüPaB . enAkñúgTMnas; KWCasßankarN_ which one side over-powers the other so that mYy EdlmanPaKINamYymanGMNacxøaMgelIs negotiations are either unlikely or unfair. PaKImYyeTot rhUtTal;Etkarcrca BMuGaceFVI eLIg)an b¤BMumanPaByutþiFm’ . impartiality PaBminlMeGog see also: insider partial, neutrality sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mnusSTukcitþkñúg This refers to the attitude of a third party PaKICemøaHNamYy/ GBüaRkwtPaB intervening in a conflict. An impartial third KWsMedAdl;\riyabfrbs;PaKITI3 enAeBleFVIGnþ party will try not to take sides for or against raKmn_kñúgTMnas; . PaKITI3EdlminlMeGog nwg either party and will apply the same standards BüayamenACaGBüaRkwtminkan;eCIgxagNaTaMg to both sides. Impartiality is often expected or Gs; ehIyGnuvtþtammaRtdæandUc²KñacMeBaHPaKI required for a third party to be accepted by TMnas;TaMgBIr . PaKITMnas;KñasgÇwmfa b¤tMrUv[ both sides in a conflict. PaKITI3 Rbkan;nUvGBüaRkwtPaB\tel¥óg . impunity niTNÐPaB b¤ PaBrYceTas see also: culture of impunity sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vb,Fm’rYceTas The ability to use one's position or status to karGaceRbIR)as;tYnaTI b¤muxtMENgrbs;GñkNa avoid punishment for illegal acts or abuse of mñak; edIm,IeKcevsBIkardak;eTasEdlekIteLIg other's rights. edayGMeBIxusc,ab; b¤edaykarbMBaneTAelIsiT§i GñkdéT . in absentia Gvtþman b¤ kM)aMgmux In someone’s absence. For example, when eBlEdlGñkNamYyBMumanmuxkñúgkarCMnuMCMrH b¤ someone is not at a court or an official k¾kñúgkic©RbCuMpøÚvkar EdlmankarsMercTak;Tg meeting where a decision is made about dl;GñkenaH . them. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 70 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB inclusion/inclusive karrab;bBa©Úl b¤ rYmbBa©Úl see also: exclusion sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karminrab;bBa©Úl The act of including someone in an activity or TegVIEdlbBa©ÚlnrNamñak;eTAkñúgskmµPaB b¤ process. A process is inclusive if it includes ynþkarNamYy . ynþkarmYyEdlmanlkçN³ all parties. rYmbBa©Úl KWCaynþkarEdlmankarcUlrYmBIRKb; PaKI . incompatible vismit b¤ EdlcUlKñamincuH b¤ mincuHsRmug b¤ see also: compatibility square minsIuKña Two things are incompatible when their sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kaer:cuHsRmug coexistence adversely affects each other, i.e. rbs;GVIBIrEdlmincuHsRmugKña enAeBlNaEdl produces conflict. The compatibility square is karrYmrs;CamYyKña bgá[mankarlM)akTaMgsg a tool for analysing conflict by focusing on xag dUcCa begáIt[manTMnas;CaedIm . kaer:cuH the goals and behaviour of each party. sRmug KWCa]bkrN_m:üag sMrab;viPaKTMnas; Different combinations of incompatible goals edayepþateTAelIeKaledA nigGakb,kiriyarbs; or behaviour may condition latent conflict, PaKImçag² . viFIepSg²kñúgkarpÁMúnUveKaledA b¤ surface conflict or open conflict. Gakb,kiriya EdlmincuHsRmugKña Gacnwgbgá lkçN³EdlbegáItnUv TMnas;bgáb; TMnas;xageRkA nigTMnas;cMhEtmþg . individual dispute vivaTbuKÁl see also: collective dispute, rights dispute sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vivaTrYm/ vivaTGMBIsiT§i A labour dispute involving one employer and CavivaTkargarmYy EdlBak;B½n§dl;neyaCkmñak; one or more individual employees acting as nigkmµkrmñak; b¤eRcInnak;EdleFVIskmµPaBkñúg individuals. The Cambodian Labour Law lkçN³CabuKÁl . c,ab;sþIGMBIkargarenARbeTs only recognises individual disputes related to km<úCa TTYlsÁal;Et vivaTbuKÁlEdlTak;Tgnwg existing rights (rights disputes). siT§ibc©úb,nñ ¬vivaTGMBIsiT§i¦ . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 71 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

inducement karTak;TajTwkcitþ Something which influences a person’s KWCaGVIEdlCH\T§iBleTAelIGñkNamñak; kñúgkar decision to do something. It can be a factor eFVIesckþIseRmccitþGVImYy . vaGacCaktþaEdl inherent in the situation or something manenAkñúgsßankarN_enaHEtmþg b¤GVImYyEdleK intentionally offered such as money, goods or pþl;[edayectna dUcCa luykak; rbs;rbr b¤ services. esva . inevitable BMuGaceCos)an inflammatory EdlbeBaäHGucGal A statement or action is inflammatory if it is sMdIb¤skmµPaBEdlcat;TukfabeBaäHGucGalenA likely to make people angry. eBlNaEdlvaGaceFVI[mnusSxwgRceLat)an. influence CH\Ti§BlelI b¤ man\T§iBlelI see also: spheres of influence sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rgVg;\T§iBl The ability to change the way a situation smtßPaBeFVI[mankarpøas;bþÚrdl;karvivtþn_ develops or to affect the way a person acts or sßankarN_NamYy b¤manplb:HBal;eTAelI thinks, without using direct force or skmµPaB b¤karKitBicarNarbs;GñkNamñak; commands. edayBMucaM)ac;bBa¢a b¤eRbIkmøaMgedaycMeBaH . infrastructure ehdæarcnasm<½n§ The foundation or basic structure required in KWCaRKwH b¤rcnasm<½n§CamUldæan EdlRtUvEtman order to do something. The basic systems and edIm,IeFVIGVImYy . RbB½n§CamUldæan b¤rcnasm½ karGaceFVIesckþIseRmccitþ b¤eFVIskmµPaB action without waiting for direction or edayBMucaM)ac;manbBa¢a b¤karENnaMBIGñkNamñak; instruction from another person. eTot . b. A proposal or an action taken to try to x> sMeNI b¤skmµPaBeFVIeLIg edIm,IBüayamEk change a situation or improve a relationship ERbsßankarN_b¤EklMGTMnak;TMngGVImYyEdlsßit that is deadlocked, e.g. a peace initiative. kñúgPaBTal;Rck. ]>karpþÜcepþImKMeragsnþiPaB. insider partial mnusSTMnukcitþénPaKICemøaHmçag see also: bias, neutrality, prejudice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ PaBlMeGog/ GBüa A term developed by John Paul Lederach: in RkwtPaB/ buernicä½y a negotiation or mediation situation, someone Cavaküs½BÞÞEdlrkeXIj nigBnül;edayelak who is connected to one party more than the cnb:Ul lIdWrac_³ kñúgsßankarN_EdltMrUv[man other, but who is trusted by both parties as karcrca b¤karsMruHsMrYl KWnrNamñak;Edlman genuinely interested in resolving the conflict PaKImYy)ansÁal;c,as;CagPaKIÉeTot b:uEnþPaKI fairly. An insider partial usually works as part TaMgBIrTukcitþGñkenaH ehIysMKal;faCaGñkEdl of a team that both parties perceive to have cg;edaHRsayTMnas;edayyutþiFm’ . tamFmµta overall balance. Some practitioners argue that mnusSEbbenHeRcIneFVIkarkñúgRkummYy EdlPaKI negotiation is more effective when an insider TaMgBImanGarmµN_fa mantulüPaBminlMeGog partial is involved. Previous theories of eTAxagNa. GñkGnuvtþkaredaHRsayTMnas;Evk intervention argued that the ideal third party Ejkfa karcrcamanRbsiT§PaBCag ebIsinman was a “neutral” outsider. mnusSEbbenHcUlrYm . RTwsþIBImun²)anEvkEjk epSgBIenHfa PaKITIbIEdlRbesIrbMput KWGñk GBüaRkwtEdlenAxageRkACemøaH . insight karyl;dwgsIuCeRmA

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 73 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB integration karbBa©ÚlKña b¤ smahrNkmµ see also: reintegration sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karbBa©ÚlsaCafµI The adding together of separate parts to make karpÁúMEpñkTaMgLayepSg²Kña [eTACarbs;TaMg a whole. The process of achieving acceptance mUlmYydMu . dMeNIrkarEdlmnusSmYyRkum b¤ and equal membership of different people sgÁmNamYy RBmTTYlykmnusSepSg²Kña[ into a group or society. cUlCasmaCikedayesµIPaBKña . integrity esckþIsucrit a. The quality of being honest and k> esckþIeTogRtg; nigkarRbkan;x¢ab;nUveKal maintaining high moral principles. karN_sIlFm’x sßanPaBEdlnaM[mankarrYbrYmKñaedayeBj whole. elj nigcUlFøúgKña . inter- rvag/ Gnþr- ¬CabuBVbT¦ see also: intra- sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GVIEdlenAkñúg Prefix showing relationships between ideas, CabuBVbTbgðajGMBITMnak;TMngrvagKMnit vtßúnana things, people, or groups, such as in: inter- mnusS b¤Rkum dUcCa rvagbuKÁl rvagshKmn_ personal; inter-community; inter-cultural; rvagvb,Fm’xusKña rvagRkum rvagtYnaTI . inter-group; and inter-role. interaction Gnþrskmµ b¤ karRbsBVKña b¤karCYbKña A process by which different things have an dMeNIrkarmYyEdlvtßúepSgKñaCaeRcIn man effect on each other and on the outcome of a \T§iBlelIKñaeTAvijeTAmk nigeTAelIRckecj particular situation. The act of people énsßankarN_NamYy . CaTegVIrbs;mnusSEdl communicating and influencing each other. eFVIkarR)aRs½yTak;TgKña nigCH\T§iBlelIKñaeTA vijeTAmk . interactive resolution dMeNaHRsayedayGnþrskmµ Face-to-face resolution. dMeNaHRsayedaytTl;KñaeTAvijeTAmk . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 74 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB interest plRbeyaCn_ see also: doughnut tool (onion tool), needs, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ]bkrN_dUNat;/ positions tMrUvkar/ CMhr In conflict analysis, interests are the kñúgkarviPaKTMnas; plRbeyaCn_Cakarb:gR)afña underlying desires and concerns that motivate b¤Cakar)armÖbgáb; EdlCMruj[PaKITaMgLay parties to take their public positions, but Rbkan;yknUvCMhrCasaFarN³rbs;xøÚn . pl which are usually not revealed. These interests RbeyaCn_TaMgenaH EtgEp¥keTAelItRmUvkarCa are in turn based on more fundamental needs. mUldæan. karepþatEteTAelICMhrEdlPaKImçag² Focusing on positions leads to polarisation and Rbkan;erog²xøÜn eRcInbgá[manskmµPaB b¤yuT§ actions and strategies which often go against sa®sþEdlCaerOy²vapÞúyBItRmUvkar nigBIpl conflictants’ own real needs and interests. RbeyaCn_BitR)akdrbs;PaKITaMgsgxag . enA However, even when stated positions are in eBlxøH eTaHCMhrecjmuxrbs;PaKITaMgsgxag conflict, some of the parties’ interests may be minsIusgVak;Kñak¾eday k¾plRbeyaCn_rbs;Gñk compatible and provide common ground as a TaMgBIr GacmanlkçN³RsbKña ehIyGacCamUl basis for negotiation. dæanrYmsMrab;eFVIkarcrcaKñapgk¾fa)an . interest-based problem solving karedaHRsaybBaðaedayQrelIplRbeyaCn_ Interest-based problem solving defines KWCakaredaHRsaymYyEbb EdlkMNt;bBaðaeTAtam problems in terms of interests rather than plRbeyaCn_Edlman CaCageTAtamCMhrmçag² positions and works to reconcile the interests ehIyxMRbwgeFVIy:agNa[plRbeyaCn_TaMgsgxag to obtain a mutually satisfactory solution. xitcUlCitKña edIm,I[mankareBjcitþeTAvijeTAmk. interest dispute vivaTGMBIplRbeyaCn_ see also: rights dispute sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vivaTGMBIsiT§i A labour dispute related to a future benefit CaCemøaHkargarmYyBak;B½n§eTAnwgplRbeyaCn_ and not to an existing right, e.g. workers wish eTAGnaKt BMuEmnsiT§EdlkMBugmanenaHeT . ]> to get more than the legal minimum wage. kmµkrcg;)anR)ak;QñÜleRcInCagebovtSr_ Gb,brmaEdlFanaedayc,ab; . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 75 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB interest groups RkumkarBarplRbeyaCn_ Interest groups are groups of people who join KWCamnusSmYyRkumEdlrYmKñaeFVIkar edIm,IbuBV together to work for a common cause or for ehtu b¤edIm,IeFVIkarts‘UmtiGVImYy . advocacy. interfere lUkéd b¤ eRCotERCkkñúgerOgGñkdéT see also: intervene sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eFVIGnþraKmn_ To deliberately get involved in a situation lUkédedayectna eTAkñúgsßankarN_NamYy without a right or invitation to do so, in a way edayBMumansiT§i b¤edayBMumankarGeBa¢Ij nigkñúg that is not welcomed by other parties. lkçN³mYyEdlPaKITaMgsgxagBMusVaKmn_ . intermediate armed conflict TMnas;Rbdab;GavuFkRmitmFüm see also: armed conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;sBaVvuF Defined as a conflict in the course of which at KWCaTMnas;mYyEdlenAkñúgenaH manmnusSsøab; least one thousand deaths have occurred, with sruby:agtic 1>000nak; ehIyy:agtic 25nak; at least twenty-five deaths in any one year )ansøab;kñúgmYyqñaM² . period. internally displaced person (IDP) mnusSEdlpøas;bþÚrTIkEnøgedaybgçMcitþkñúg see displacement RbeTsrbs;xøÜnÉg/ CnePosswk sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karpøas;bþÚrTIkEnøg edaybgçMcitþ inter-related pSarP¢ab;eTAvijeTAmk intervene/intervention GnþraKmn_¼bTGnþraKmn_ see also: third party sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ PaKITIbI a. To do something to try to resolve a conflict k> eFVIGVImYyedIm,IBüayamedaHRsayTMnas; enA when you are not directly involved in it. eBlxøÜnÉgBMumankarBak;B½n§GVIpÞal;enAkñúgenaH. b. The act of deliberately entering a conflict x> karcUledayectnaeTAkñúgCemøaHNamYy edIm,ICH situation in order to influence the process or \T§iBleTAelIynþkar b¤eTAelIdMeNaHRsayén outcome. CemøaH . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 76 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB intimidation karbMPitbMP½y The deliberate use of threats or violence to kareRbIR)as;edayectna nUvkarKMramkMEhg b¤ control someone’s behaviour through fear. GMeBIhigSa edIm,IRtYtRtaTegVIrbs;nrNamñak;tam karP½yxøac . intolerance PaBminGt;eGan intra- ¬buB§bT¦ GVIEdlenAkñúg-épÞkñúg see also: inter- sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rvag- Prefix meaning “within,” such as intra-group CabuB§bTEdlmann½yfa {xagkñúg} dUcCa TMnas; conflict (conflict within a group); intra- kñúgRkum TMnas;kñúgxøÜnmnusSmñak;²TMnas;kñúgrdæ . personal conflict (conflict within an individual); and intra-state conflict (conflict kMNt;sMKal;³ pÞúyBIbuB§bT rvag- within a state). note: contrast with the prefix inter-, which means “between.” intractable conflict TMnas;Bi)akRKb;RKg Intractable means difficult to deal with or KWCaTMnas;Edl)anekIteLIg kñúgeBlmYyd¾yUr manage. An intractable conflict is one that ehIyEdlkarxMRbwgERbgedaHRsayTaMgb:unµan continues for a long time and where all EtgEtTTYlbraC½y . resolution efforts are unsuccessful. issue RbFanbT b¤ sac;erOg see also: interests, needs, positions sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ plRbeyaCn_/ The point or matter in contention between tRmUvkar/ CMhr two parties in a conflict. Constructive cMnucb¤erOgehtuEdlnaM[mankarRbEkkRbNaMg negotiation focuses on interests rather than KñarvagPaKIBIrkñúgCemøaH . karcrcaCalkçN³ positions taken in relation to apparent issues. sßabnaepþatelIplRbeyaCn_eRcIn CagelICMhr Edlmçag²Rbkan;ykkñúgbBaðab¤erOgNamYy . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 77 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

Johari Window bg¥Üc cUharI A graphic model of awareness in interpersonal KWCaKMrURkahVik EdlbgðajBIkaryl;dwgGMBITMnak; relations and group dynamics, named after TMngrvagbuKÁl nwgkmøaMgEdlmanenAkñúgBYkRkum Joseph Luft and Harry Ingham. In this model, nigEdlbegáIteLIgedayelak cUesShV lUhV nig we can improve interpersonal communication, elak harI GuIgxðam. kúñgKMrUenH eyIgGacEklMG understanding and relationships through self- TMnak;TMngrvagbuKÁl/ karyl;Kña nigsm<½n§PaB disclosure (to tell others about ourselves), and tamry³karebIkcMhxøÜnÉgR)ab;GñkdéT nigkar through feedback (asking and listening to how TTYlykmtiGñkdéTRtLb;mkvij ¬faetIeK other people see us). smøwgmkeyIg eXIjy:agdUcemþc¦ . bg¥Üc cUharI xøÜnÉgdwg xøÜnÉgmindwg Johari Window Known to Self Unknown to Self GñkdéTdwg cMhr xVak;; Known to The Open Self The Blind Self Others

GñkdéTmindwg lak;)aMg ggwt Unknown to The Private Self The Unknown Self Others joint fact-finding karrYmKñaEsVgrkkarBit A process in which different parties in a CadMeNIrkarmYy EdlPaKITaMgLayenAkñúg conflict work together to clarify disputed TMnas; eFVIkarrYmKña edIm,IbMPøWGMBIerOgehtuEdleK facts. BMuTan;RsbKña . judge vinicä½y/ ecARkm see also: adjudication sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mCÄtþkar a. To make a decision about something after k> eFVIesckþIsMercGMBIGVImYy eRkayBI)anBicar carefully considering available information. NaBt’manEdl)anTTYl edayRby½tñRbEyg . b. A public official in control of a court of x> m®nþIrdæEdlRKb;RKgtulakaryutþiFm’mYy ehIy justice and authorised to decide questions EdlRtUv)anpþl;siT§isMercelIsMNMuerOgnana dUc such as how a criminal should be punished. Ca etIRtUvdak;eTasbT]RkidæmYyy:agNa . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 78 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB judicial EdlTak;TgeTAnwgtulakar To do with a court of law, judges or their EdlBak;B½n§nwgtulakarGnuvtþc,ab; ecARkm nig decisions. e.g. the judicial system, a judicial esckþIseRmcrbs;ecARkm . ]/ RbB½n§tulakar/ enquiry, etc. karesuIbGegátrbs;tulakar .l. jurisdiction yutþaFikar The exercise of judicial authority or the right karbMeBjsmtßkic©Epñktulakar b¤siT§ikñúgkar to use official power to make legal decisions. eRbIGMNacpøÚvkar edIm,IeFVIesckþIsMerccitþtampøÚv The extent of judicial or administrative power c,ab; . rgVg;RBMEdnGMNacxagtulakar b¤rdæ)al (in terms of territory as well as functions). ¬kñúgkarRKb;RKgEdndI b¤kñúgtYnaTI¦ . justice in reconciliation karpþl;yutþiFm’kñúgkarpSHpSaeLIgvij see also: concepts of justice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RTwsþIényutþiFm’ Four kinds of justice may be called for in a enAkñúgdMeNIrkarpSHpSaeLIgvij eKGacpþl;nUv reconciliation process: yutþiFm’bYnRbePT³ punitive justice involves the arrest, trial, yutþiFm’dak;eTasBin½y³ Edlmankarcab;xøÜn conviction and punishment of the kar kat;kþI karpþnÞaeTas nigkardak;TNÐkmµdl; wrongdoers; BiruT§Cn restitutional justice seeks to provide yutþiFm’pþl;sMNg b¤ eFVIbdiTan³ Edlpþl;nUv reparations or restitution to the victims, sMNgCm¶Wcitþ b¤RbKl;RTBüeTA[CnrgeRKaHvij though it recognises that full and complete b:uEnþeKTTYlsÁal;faviFIenH BMuGacpþl;yutþiFm’ justice cannot be done; )aneBjeljenaHeT structural justice aims to redress the yutþiFm’énrcnasm<½n§³ EdlsMedAEktMrUvPaB inequities of a society, such as protection of GyutþiFm’kñúgsgÁm dUcCakarkarBarsiT§imnusS human rights or land reform; b¤karEkTRmg;dIFøI legal justice deals with the reform of law or yutþiFm’énRkbx½NÐc,ab;³ EdleFVIeLIgtamry³ the judiciary, such as ensuring a fair, open karEkTRmg;c,ab; b¤RbB½n§tulakar dUcCa kar and equitable legal system. erobcM[RbB½n§c,ab;manlkçN³RtwmRtUv ebIk cMh nigmansmFm’ . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 79 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

Justice of the Peace / Juge de la Paix ecARkmsnþiPaB see also: Alternative Dispute Resolution, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSg²kñúgkar Arbitration edaHRsayTMnas;/ mCÄtþkar A type of alternative dispute resolution KWCaCMerIsmYykñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas; . ecA (ADR). A Justice of the Peace (JP) is RkmsnþiPaB )anRtUvEtgtaMgeLIgedIm,IedaH someone who is appointed to deal with small RsaykþIRBhµTNÐ b¤rdæb,evNIRsal²enAfñak; criminal and civil cases at a local level, such mUldæan dUcCa enAkRmitRKYsar/ ExSRBMRbTl; compensation for damages to property, dIFøI/ sMNgtictYcTak;TgeTAnwgkarxatbg;RTBü contract disputes, etc. This level lies between sm,tþi CemøaHkñúgkic©snüa .l. kRmiténkar traditional non-formal mediation or edaHRsayEbbenH sßitenAcenøaH karsRmuH conciliation practices and the court system, sRmYltamEbbRbéBNI nigkarkat;kþItamRbB½n§ and usually takes cases not covered by other tulakar . CaTUeTA eKeRbIviFIenHenAkñúgCemøaH mechanisms such as cadastral commissions EdlBMu)anedaHRsayeday ynþkarepSg²eTot for land disputes, labour arbitration panels, dUcCa KN³kmµkarsurieyadI b¤RkummCÄtkr etc. In some countries it is mandatory to edaHRsayTMnas;kargar .l. enAkñúgRbeTsxøH attempt to reach a settlement through the eKtRmUv[krNICemøaHtUctac qøgkat;tamecA Justice of the Peace before taking small cases RkmsnþiPaBsin munnwgeLIgeTAdl;tulakar (defined as compensation below a certain ¬dUcCa sMNgR)ak;EdlmancMnYntictYc¦ . amounts, for example) to court. ladder of inference CeNþIrCMnYykarBicarNa The ladder of inference is a tool to analyse the KWCa]bkrN_sMrab;eFVIkarviPaK dMeNIrkarkñúgkareFVI process of reaching a decision that leads to a esckþIseRmccitþ EdlnaMeyIg[Rbkan;yknUvpøÚv particular course of action. It can help us to eFVIskmµPaBNamYy . vaGacCYy[eyIgBinitüelI examine the conclusions and assumptions that karsnñidæan nigkarsnµtEdleyIg)aneRbIedIm,I we use to justify our actions, and can improve bBa¢ak;ehtuplénCMerIsskmµPaBrbs;eyIg ehIy communication. The ladder can be simplified vaGaceFVI[ynþkarTMnak;TMngkan;EtRbesIreLIg . to involve three rungs: data at the eKGacsRmYlrUbPaBCeNþIrenHCabIkaM³ Bt’manenA mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 80 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB bottom, reasoning in the middle, and kaMxageRkam/ karBicarNarkehtuplenAkaMkNþal conclusions at the top. nigeyabl;srubenAkaMxagelI . latent conflict TMnas;bgáb; see also: social conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;sgÁm A conflict is latent or “hidden” when people TMnas;EdlmanlkçN³ruaMér: b¤bgáb; enAeBlNa are not yet aware of the imbalances of power, EdleKBMuTan;cab;Pøwk GMBIGtulüPaBénGMNac injustices, etc. that affect their lives. GMBIGyutþiFm’ .l. Edlb:HBal;dl;CIvitrs;enA Increased awareness can lead to demands for rbs;eK . karyl;dwgkan;EteRcInBIktþaTaMgenH change, and to confrontation, which brings GacnaM[mantMrUvkarnUvkarpøas;bþÚr nignaM[man the conflict to the surface. karRbQmmuxdak;Kña EdlGaceFVI[TMnas;enaH elcecjCarUbrageLIg. lateral thinking karKitRKb;RCugeRCay A creative way of thinking which seeks the CakarKitEbbmü:agd¾puspul kñúgkarrkdMeNaH solution to intractable problems through RsayelIbBaðacak;eRsHedaymanpSarP¢ab;ktþa making connections that would normally be CaeRcIn EdltamFmµtakarKittamEbbtkáviC¢a ignored in logical thinking. ¬LÚsSik¦ Etm:üagEtgBMu)anKitdl; . leadership PaBCaGñkdwknaM lead laterally dwknaMtamExSTTwg A method developed by Roger Fisher and CaviFImYyEdlbkRsayedayelak r:UehS hVIsQ½r Alan Sharp where a leader invites and nigelak GaLan; qab EdlkñúgenaH GñkdwknaM encourages colleagues to collaborate in the Namñak;ENnaMshesvik[shkarKñakñúgdMeNIrkar process of solving problems rather than trying edaHRsaybBaða CaCagmñak;²ÉgBüayampþl;RKb; to provide all the solutions by him/herself. dMeNaHRsay . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 81 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB learning cycle vdþeronsURt see Action Learning Cycle sUmemIlBakü³ vdþeronsURtBIskmµPaB legal tamc,ab; legitimate EdlmankarTTYlsÁal;RtwmRtUv/ A process or decision is legitimate if it is EdleBjlkçN³RtwmRtUv sanctioned or authorised by socially-accepted dMeNIrkar b¤esckþIseRmccitþNamYy EdleK laws or principles and is perceived as being yl;faRtwmRtUv enAeBlNaEdlvamankarTTYl fair and justified. Legitimacy in decision- sÁal;edayc,ab;b¤eKalkarN_EdlsgÁmTaMgmUl making procedures is important, because TTYlsÁal; nigKitfamanyutþiFm’ . enAkñúgnItiviFI procedures perceived as illegitimate almost énkareFVIesckþIsMerccitþ PaBEdlmankarTTYl always escalate conflicts, making their sÁal;faRtwmRtUv¬tamc,ab;¦ vamansar³sMxan; management more difficult. Nas;BIeRBaH nItiviFIEdleKKitfaKµanmUldæanc,ab; RtwmRtUv eRcInEteFVI[TMnas;rIkraldal ehIyeFVI [karRKb;RKgTMnas;kan;EtBi)ak . legitimate government rdæaPi)alEdlekItedayRsbc,ab; A government which is formed by law and KWCardæaPi)almYy EdlerobcMbegáIteLIgeday recognised by other countries. c,ab;nigRtUv)anTTYlsÁal;edayRbeTsÉeTot. listening skills karbiunRbsb; b¤CMnajkñúgkarsþab; see active listening sUmemIlBakü³ karsþab;edayykcitþTukdak; litigation kþIvivaT b¤bNþwgvivaT see also: alternative dispute resolution (ADR) sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMerIsepSg²kñúgkar Judicial dispute resolution. The process of edaHRsayTMnas; ¬eG DI Ga¦ bringing a dispute before a court of law to karedaHRsayTMnas;tamtulakar . KWCadMeNIr have a judge decide who is right according to karEdlmanecARkmkat;kþI eTAtamc,ab;enAelI the law and make a judgement to settle the CemøaHNamYy . KuNsm,tþiFMénviFIenH KWsßab½n mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 82 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB dispute. The main advantage of litigation is rdæGacGnuvtþ)annUvsalRkmrbs;tulakar . ebI that the decision of the court is enforceable by eFobnwg eG DI Ga nItiviFIenHyWtCag éføCag the state. The disadvantages when compared to man PaBpøÚvkarCag nigbegáItnUvPaBCabdibkç ADR processes are that it can be slower, more KWfadMenIrkarTaMgmUl nigesckþIsMerccitþcug expensive, formal, and adversarial, i.e. the eRkay Gacnwgmin)aneFVI[TMnak;TMngrvagPaKI process and final decision may not mend the TaMgsgxag)anRbesIreLIy . relationship between the disputants. lobby karbBa©úHbBa©Úl b¤ karBarsMNMuerOgNamYy see also: advocate sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karts‘Umti a. To try to persuade the government or k> karBüayambBa©úHbBa©ÚlrdæaPi)al b¤Gñkman someone with power that a law or situation GMNacNamñak;[yl;fa c,ab; b¤sßankarN_Na should be changed. mYyKYrEtRtUveFVIkarpøas;bþÚr . b. To seek to gain support for a cause or to x> karEsVgrkkarKaMRTelIbuB§ehtuNamYy b¤kar influence someone who is going to vote on an eRbI\T§iBlelInrNamñak; EdlnwgRtUve)aHeqñat issue. elIsMNMuerOgNamYy . lobha (greed) elaP³ ¬PaBelaPln;¦ see also: akusalā mūlā, dosa (hate), moha sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GkuslmUl/ eTas³ (delusion) ¬kars¥b;¦/ emah³ ¬karvegVgvgVan;¦ Greed is a working English translation of the elaP³ eTas³ nigemah³ Ca {b£sKl;minl¥} Pali Buddhist term lobha, which together with TaMgbIénskmµPaB b¤GkuslmUl . karGnuvtþn_ hate (dosa) and delusion (moha) forms the RTwsþIRBHBuT§eFVI[eyIgPJak;rlwkyl;dwgBIb£sKl; three “unwholesome roots” of action or minl¥ nigkarbMEbøgva[eTACa {b£sKl;l¥ akusalā mūlā. Buddhist practice encourages brisuT§} TaMgbIKW sb,úrsFm’ ¬GelaP³ b¤Tan¦/ awareness of the unwholesome roots and their karRsLaj;-esckþIemtþa ¬GeTas³ b¤emtþa¦/ transformation into the three “wholesome nigkareyaKyl; ¬Gemah³ b¤bBaØa¦ . roots” of generosity (alobha or dāna), loving- mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 83 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB kindness (adosa or mettā), and understanding (amoha or paññā). Local Capacities for Peace smtßPaBrbs;mUldæankñúgkarksagsnþiPaB During the 1990’s, many aid agencies began kñúgTsvtSr_1990 manTIPñak;garpþl;CMnYyCa to question how they worked in conflict eRcIn )ancab;epþImsYrfa etIeKRtUvbMeBjkargar settings. A well-known example is the Local rbs;eKdUcemþc enAsßankarN_mYyRbkbeday Capacities for Peace Project and the book TMnas; . ]TahrN_mYyEdleKsÁal;eRcInKñaKW DO NO HARM, in which Mary Anderson smtßPaBkñúgmUldæanedIm,IeFVIKeRmagsnþiPaB examines how aid agencies can provide nig esovePAEdlmaneQµaHfa kMueFVIGVI[QWcab; assistance to people in areas of violent Edl enAkñúgenaHGñkRsI m:arI Gan;DWsan; conflict in ways that promote and support )aneFVIkar Binitüfa local capacities for peace. etIGgÁkarpþl;CMnYyGacpþl;karKaMRT dl;RbCaBlrdæ Edlrs;enAkñúgtMbn;manTMnas; higSay:agdUcemþcxøH edIm,IelIksÞÜysmtßPaB kñúgmUldæankñgkarksagsnþiPaB . local capacities for non-violence smtßPaBrbs;mUldæanedIm,IGhigSa lockout LúkeGA ¬cak;esarmin[kmµkrcUlkEnøgeFVIkar¦ see also: cooling-off period, strike sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ry³eBlsMrab;eFVI[PaKI Defined in the Cambodian Labour Law as “a vivaTRtCak;citþnwgKñaeLIgvij total or partial closing of an enterprise or c,ab;sþIGMBIkargarenARbeTskm<úCa )an[niymn½y establishment by the employer during a BaküenHfa {karbiTeragcRkTaMgmUl b¤mYyEpñk labour dispute.” The right of an employer to edaynieyaCkkñúgeBlvivaTkargar} . siT§irbs; lock his employees out of their place of work nieyaCkkñúgkarcak;esarmin[kmµkr cUlkEnøgeFVI has the same rules and restrictions as the right karmanEcgCalkçxNÐ nigkMhit dUcCa siT§irbs; of employees to strike. If the lockout is kmµkrkñúgkareFVIkUdkmµEdr . ebIsinCaLúkeGAenH unlawful, the employer must pay the salaries eFVIeLIgnUveRkARkbx½NÐc,ab; nieyaCkRtUvpþl;R)ak; of locked-out employees. QñÜldl;kmµkr EdlxøÜncak;esarmin[cUlenaH . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 84 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB macro-analysis karviPaKkñúgRTg;RTayma:RkU ¬RTg;RTayFM¦ An analysis concerning a whole system rather CakarviPaKmYy EdleFVIeLIgeTAelIRbB½n§TaMg than particular parts of it. mUlCaCagEteTAelIEpñkxøH²énRbB½n§enaH . marginalise dak;enAedayELk To make an individual or group unimportant eFVIy:agNa[mnusSmñak; b¤mYyRkumElgsMxan; and powerless to influence decisions which b¤Elgman\Ti§BleTAelIkarseRmccitþ EdlTak; concern them. Someone who is marginalised TgeTAnwgBYkeKTaMgenaH . GñkEdleKdak;enA does not belong to the main or central part of edayELk BMusßitenAkñúgBYksñÚl b¤cMNuckNþal a society, group, or activity. én sgÁm Rkum b¤skmµPaBNamYyeLIy . mediate sRmuHsRmYl b¤ eFVIsn§akarI see mediation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsRmuHsRmYl mediation karsRmuHsRmYl see also: arbitration, conciliation, intervention, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mCÄtþkmµ/ karpSHpSa negotiation, power mediation, third party GnþraKmn_/ karcrca/ karsRmuHsRmYl eday GMNac/ PaKITIbI A type of third party intervention where an karGnþraKmn_m:üagedayPaKITIbIEdlehAfa Gñk intermediary, called a mediator, works with sRmuHsRmYl nigEdleFVIkarCamYyPaKITMnas; the disputing parties to help them improve edIm,I[TMnak;TMng nigkarviPaKsßankarN_TMnas; their communication and analysis of the rbs;BYkeK kan;EtRbesIreLIg kñúgeKalbMNg[ conflict situation, so that they can identify BYkeKsmøwgeXIjnUvdMeNaHRsaymYy EdlGac ways to resolve the conflict that meet their karBarplRbeyaCn_rbs;eK)an . pÞúyBIdMeNIr interests. Unlike arbitration, where the karmCÄtþkar EdlPaKITIbITTYlsþab;TaMgsgxag intermediary listens to the arguments of both ehIyeFVIesckþIseRmcCMnYsPaKITMnas; GñksRmuH sides and makes a decision for them, a sRmYlCYyPaKITMnas;TaMgsgxag [rkeXIj dMeNaHRsayedayxøÜnÉg . GñksRmuHsRmYl mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 85 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB mediator will help the disputants reach a RtUvEtPaKITaMgsgxagsuxcitþTTYlyk ehIyeK solution themselves. The mediator must be BMuRtUveRbIGMNac b¤\Ti§Bl edIm,IbgçM[mankar accepted by both sides and does not use cUlrYm b¤[mandMeNaHRsayBiessNamYy power or influence to force participation or to eLIy . press for a particular solution. kMNt;sMKal;³ kñúgkargaredaHRsayTMnas; eyIg

eRbIBakü {sRmuHsRmYl} EtmYyb:ueNÑaH sMrab; bkERbGtßn½yénBakü mediation, arbitration nigBakü conciliation EdlkñúgPasaGg;eKøs BMu mann½ydUcKñasuT§saFenaHeLIy . mediator GñksRmuHsRmYl b¤ sn§akarI see mediation sUmemIlBakü³ karsRmuHsRmYl b¤sn§ankmµ meeting kic©RbCMu mercy kareR)asRbNI b¤ karGt;eGan Compassion and forgiveness shown to KWemtþaFm’ nigkarelIkElgeTas pþl;dl;nrNa someone who has done wrong and you now mñak;Edl)anRbRBwtþxus nigEdleyIgmanGMNac have power over. Kind treatment of someone eTAelI . KWkareFVIl¥eTAelInrNamñak;EdlrMBwgfa where a harsh punishment or revenge is eKnwgdak;eTas b¤sgswkmkelIxøÜÜn cMeBaHGMeBI expected for what they have done. In EdlxøÜn)aneFVIknøgmk . kñúgkarksagsnþiPaB peacebuilding, mercy can encourage people kareR)asRbNIGacelIkTwkcitþdl; GñkEdl)an who have committed injustices to change and RbRBwtþGMeBIGyutþiFm’[pøas;bþÚrEkERbKMnit ehIy make a new start within society. There is cab;epþImksagCIvitCafµIenAkñúgsgÁm. enAkñúgkar often a tension between mercy and justice as pSHpSaKñaeLIgvij EtgEt mankarRbTajRbTg; essential components of reconciliation. KñaCanic© rvagbuB§ehtud¾sMxan;TaMgBIrKW kareR)as RbNI nigkarrkyutþiFm’ . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 86 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB mind-set kardak;citþKMnitelIGVImYy/ rbt;KitKUr A person’s disposition or habitual way of lMnaMGarmµN_ b¤Tmøab;CaFmµtarbs;nrNamñak; thinking about things. kñúgkarKitGMBIGVI²TaMgLay .

Mindful Mediation karsRmuHsRmYlRbkbedaysti An approach to mediation based on CaviFIsRmuHsRmYlmYy edayQrenAelIkaryl; mindfulness and other Buddhist teachings dwgGMBIsti nigBaküeRbonRbedA nigkarGnuvtþn_ and practices, developed by John McConnell. déTeTotrbs;RBHBuT§EdlerobcMeLIgedayelak It emphasises that the origin and the cn m:ak;kUENl . Kat;)ansgát;F¶n;fa edImehtu transformation of conflict lie within our own nigkarEkERbTMnas; vasßitCaeRscenAkñúgcitþ nig hearts and minds. stirbs;eyIg . minor armed conflict TMnas;Rbdab;GavuFkRmittUc see armed conflict sUmemIlBakü³ TMnas;Rbdab;GavuF mirroring viFIbBa¢ak; b¤ bgðajeLIgvij A communication process where each party CaynþkarénkareFVITMnak;TMngmYy EdlPaKI practices active listening, then reflects or mçag² GnuvtþnUvkarsþab;skmµ bnÞab;mkeFVIkar paraphrases what they heard to check their BicarNa b¤eFVIbrRbeyaKGMBIGVIEdleK)anB¤ understanding before stating their own edIm,IepÞógpÞat;faeK)anyl;c,as;ehIy munnwg position. Rbkan;yknUvCMhrNamYy . misunderstanding karyl;RcLM moderator GñksRmbsRmYl see also: facilitation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsRmbsRmYl Someone whose job is to control a discussion CabuKÁlEdlmantYnaTICaGñkRKb;RKgkarBiPakSa or debate. b¤ karCECkedjedalKña . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 87 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB moha (delusion) emah³ ¬karvegVgvgVan;¦ see also: akusalā mūlā, dosa (hate), lobha sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GkuslmUl/ eTas³ (greed) ¬kars¥b;¦/ elaP³ ¬karelaPln;¦ Delusion is a working English translation of elaP³ eTas³ nigemah³Ca {b£sKl;Edlmin the Pali Buddhist term moha, which together l¥} TaMgbIénskmµPaB b¤GkuslmUl . kñúgkar with greed (lobha) and hate (dosa) forms the beRgonrbs;RBHBuT§ emah³sMedAdl;karyl;dwg three “unwholesome roots” of action or BIkarBitEdlRbkbedayPaBl¶g;exøA edayPaB akusalā mūlā. In Buddhist teachings, moha RsBicRsBil nigedaykarKitxøIEdlmanlkçN³ refers to any ignorant, confused or short- sYntY . ]TahrN_ enAkñúgTMnas; manPaKImYy sighted understanding of reality, characterised EdlKitEtBIkaryl;eXIjxøÜnÉg edayBMu)an by self-centredness. An example in conflict EsVgyl;GMBIKMnitrbs;PaKImçageTot . kar would be one party’s self-centred views of the Gnuvtþn_RTwsþIRBHBuT§ eFVI[eyIgPJak;rlwkyl;dwg issues and lack of understanding of the other GMBIb£sKl;Edlminl¥ nigkarbMEbøgva[eTACa party’s perspective. Buddhist practice {b£sKl;l¥brisuT§}TaMgbIKW sb,úúrsFm’ ¬GelaP³ encourages awareness of the unwholesome b¤Tan¦ karRsLaj;-esckþIemtþa ¬GeTas³ b¤ roots and their transformation into the three emtþa¦ nigkareyaKyl; ¬Gemah³ b¤bBaØa¦ . “wholesome roots” of generosity (alobha or dāna), loving-kindness (adosa or mettā), and understanding (amoha or paññā). monitoring karXøaMBinitü b¤ karRtYtBinitü see also: observing, verification sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsegát karRtYtBinitü Monitoring and observing are actions taken karXøaMBinitü nigkarsegát CaskmµPaBEdleFVI by concerned agencies to keep themselves eLIgedayTIPñak;garBak;B½n§ edIm,I[xøÜneK nig and others informed about conflict situations. GñkÉeTot Gackþab;Bt’man)anBIsßankarN_ It is commonly used in election processes, TMnas; . eKeRcIneRbIviFIenH kñúgynþkare)aHeqñat/ confrontations, or after accords or kñúgsßankarN_RbQmmuxdak;Kña/ b¤eRkayeBl agreements, where it can help prevent the cuHhtßelxaelIesckþIRBmeRBog eRBaHfava mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 88 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB escalation of violence or human rights abuses GacCYybgáarnUvkarrIkraldalénGMeBIhigSa b¤ by showing that there are witnesses who will karrMelaPsiTi§mnusS edaybgðaj[eXIjfa nwg report these actions. While these terms are mansakSIsMrab;raykarN_GMBIerOgenH . Ca often used interchangeably, observing can erOy²eKeRbIBaküTaMgenHqøas;KñacuHeLIg k¾b:uEnþ imply greater neutrality and objectivity. In karsegátGacmanbgáb;n½yGMBI GBüaRkwtPaB elections, for example, Election Monitoring nigPaBcMeKaledAminlMeGogkMritx kñúgeBlcuHbBa¢IeQµaHGñk (such as voter registration and voting), and e)aHeqñat nigkñúgéf¶e)aHeqñat¦ ehIyeKnwg will attempt to present an objective account BüayamraykarN_edaystüanum½t edIm,Ivay in order to assess whether the implementation témøfa etIynþkar)anRbRBwtþedayesrI nig is “free and fair.” yutþiFm’b¤eT . moral authority GMNacpøÚvcitþKMnit The influence that a person has because other \T§iBlEdlnrNamñak;man edaysarGñkÉeTot people respect his/her morals. eKarBnUvsIlFm’rbs;GñkenaH . morality sIlFm’ morals RbB½n§sIlFm’ Principles, values or standards of good eKalkarN_/ témø b¤xñatKMrUénGakb,kiriyal¥ behaviour expected by society. RbéBEdlsgÁmnImYy²cg;[man .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 89 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

moratorium karbg¥ak;sin ¬CapøÚvkar¦ An official suspension or delay of an activity karBüÜr b¤BnüareBlCapøÚvkarnUvskmµPaBNa for a period of time. mYykñúgry³eBlmYymankMNt; . multi-cultural Bhuvb,Fm’ see also: cross-cultural sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnak;TMngrvagvb,Fm’ Involving many cultures. epSg²Kña EdlmanBak;B½n§eTAnwgvb,Fm’xus²KñaCaeRcIn . multilateral BhuPaKI see also: unilateral sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CaÉketaPaKI Involving many parties or sides, e.g. of talks Tak;TgnwgEpñk b¤PaKIeRcIn dUcCa kñúgkarBiPakSa or agreements. Multilateralism is the doctrine b¤karRBmeRBog . BhuPaKIniym KWCaRTwsþIEdl that countries should conduct their foreign Ecgfa RbeTsnana KYreFVIkargarkarbreTsrbs; affairs with the advice or involvement of xøÜn edayRBmTTYlkarpþl;eyabl; b¤karcUlrYm other nations. BIRbeTsÉeTot² . multi-level triangles RtIekaNBhukRmit see also: pyramid analysis sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karviPaKtamrUbsaCIRCug A tool to help identify key actors at each Ca]bkrN_sMrab;CYyrk[eXIjnUvtYGgÁsMxan;² level in complex, multi-level situations and to enAkñúgsßankarN_mYyEdlsµúKsµaj maneRcIn analyse the connections between actors as Knøak;/ nigsMrab;CYydl;karviPaKGMBIcMNgTak; well as power relationships between the TgKñarvagtYGgÁTaMgLay nigGMNacenAtamRKb; different levels. It builds on the concept of fñak; . eKeFVIRtIekaNenHeLIg edayykKMrUtam pyramid analysis. karviPaKtamrUbsaCIRCug .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 90 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB multi-national peacekeeping kmøaMgrkSasnþiPaBBhusBa¢ati see also: peacekeeping sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rkSasnþiPaB Peacekeeping operations involving many KWCaRbtibtþikarrkSasnþiPaB EdlmansmasPaB different countries. kmøaMgmkBIeRcInRbeTs . Note: A multinational (or multinational kMNt;sMKal;³ BhuCati ¬b¤saCIvkmµBhuCati¦ corporation – MNC) is a large business KWCasaCIvkmµrksIuFM²EdlRbtibtþikarkñúgRbeTs corporation that has operations in many epSg²CaeRcIn . different countries. multi-track diplomacy karTUteRcInpøÚv see also: actors and approaches, diplomacy, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ tYGgÁnananigviFIsaRsþ multi-level triangles, pyramid analysis epSg² b¤tYGgÁnana nigdMeNaHRsayepSg²/ Diplomacy is normally thought of as official, karTUt/ RtIekaNEdlmankRmiteRcIn/ karviPaK government to government negotiations and tamrUbsaCIRCug international relations. In 1981, Joseph tamFmµta karTUtsMedAdl;karcrca nigTMnak; Montville made a distinction between this TMngGnþrCatirvagrdæaPi)al . enAqñaM1981 (which he called track one diplomacy) and elak cUehShV m:ugvIl )aneFVIkarsMKal;xusKña unofficial efforts by civil society actors to rvagTMnak;TMngEbbenH ¬EdlKat;ehAfa {kar resolve conflicts within and between states TUtpøÚvTImYy}¦ nigkarRbwgERbgeRkApøÚvkarrbs; (called track two diplomacy). Later, the tYGgÁxagsgÁmsIuvil kñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas;enA phrase multi-track diplomacy was used to kñúgrdæ nigrvagrdænwgrdæ¬EdlehAfa {karTUtpøÚv recognise that there are many different kinds TIBIr}¦ . eRkaymkeKeRbIBakü karTUteRcInpøÚv of unofficial diplomacy. John McDonald edIm,ITTYlsÁal;fa mankarTUteRkApøÚvkarCaeRcIn originally identified four separate tracks Ebby:ag . BIdMbUg elak cn ma:k;dUNal; rk within track two – conflict resolution eXIjfa manpøÚvdl;eTAbYnenAkñúg{karTUtpøÚv professionals, business, private citizens, and TIBIr} EdlGacCH\T§iBleTAelI{karTUtpøÚvTI media – which could all influence track one. mYy} )anKWGñkÉkeTskñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas;/ In 1991, McDonald and Louise Diamond, of GñkCMnYj/ BlrdæÉkCn/ nigGñksarBt’man . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 91 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB the Institute for Multi-Track Diplomacy in enAqñaM1991 elak m:ak;dUNal; nigGñkRsI lVIs the USA, added four more tracks (religion, daym:un EdlmkBI viTüasaßnkarTUteRcInpøÚv activism, research/training/education, and the Gaemrik )anrkeXIjpøÚvbYneTot ¬sasna/ BYk donor community) to make a total of nine skmµCn/ karRsavRCav¼hVwkhVWn¼sikSaGb;rM nig tracks. They also began to see the different shKmn_Gñkpþl;CMnYy¦KWsrubTaMgGs;R)aMbYnpøÚv tracks as one interconnected system where no . BYkKat;k¾cab;epþImemIleXIjfa BMumanpøÚvNa track is more important than the others. In sMxan;CagpøÚvNaeT ehIypøÚvTaMgenaHvaRbTak; this approach to understanding international RkLaKñaCaRbB½n§EtmYy . kñúgkarEsVgyl;BIkar peacebuilding, all the tracks will be more ksagsnþiPaBGnþrCati eKeXIjfapøÚvTaMgGs;nwg effective when they are acting in coordination kan;EtmanRbsiT§PaB ebIsinmankarsMrbsMrYl with the others. KñaeTAvijeTAmk . nationalism Catiniym see also: civic nationalism, ethnic nationalism, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CatiniyménBlrdæ identity CatiniymCatiBn§/ GtþsBaØaN Nationalism is an umbrella term referring to KWCaRTwsþImYyEdlRKbdNþb;TsSn³GtþsBaØaN the concept of identity and loyalty that nigPkþIPaB EdlsmaCikén Cati sgÁm b¤ TwkdI members of a nation, society, or territory may NamYymanrYmKña ehIycg;bgðaj[eKeXIj. collectively feel, and to the expression of this rebobénkarbgðaj GacmanlkçN³ viC¢man b¤ identity, which can be either positive or GviC¢man . vaGacnaM[manTMnas;)an ebIsinenA negative. It may contribute to conflict when kñúgRbCaCatiNamYy manRkumPaKticxøHmincuH certain groups within a nation do not share sMrugCamYyRkumEdlmankmøaMgxøaMgCageK. vak¾ the dominant identity, or when it leads to the GacmanTMnas;EdrenAeBlRbCaCatiNamYyelIk promotion of one's own nation as being more dMekIgxøÜnÉg [eXIjfasMxan;CagGñkÉeTot. important than others. Nationalists are people BYkGñkCatiniym CaRkummnusS EdlelIkdMekIg who promote this concept of love of country TsSn³esñhaCati nigmanqnÞ³eFVIBlikmµedIm,I and willingness to sacrifice for it. Current Cati. karCECkBiPakSasBVéf¶GMBIRTwsþICatiniym mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 92 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB debate of nationalism distinguishes two kinds: eFVIkarEbgEckTsSn³CaBIrRbePT KW Catiniym civic nationalism and ethnic nationalism. énBlrdæ nig CatiniymCatiBn§. needs tRmUvkar b¤ esckþIRtUvkar see also: doughnut tool (onion tool), interests, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ]bkrN_ dUNat; b¤xÞwm positions, human needs theory, theories of )araMg/ plRbeyaCn_/ CMhr/ RTwsþI/ RTwsþITMnas; conflict tRmUvkarrbs;mnusS Needs are things that we must have, such as tRmUvkar KWCaGVIEdleyIgRtUvEtman dUcCa kar access to resources, health, justice, security, GaceRbIRbPBFnFan suxPaB yutþiFm’ snþisux etc. They are at the core of our interests – .l. vaCacMnucúsñúÚlénplRbeyaCn_rbs;eyIg what we want to achieve – and the positions ¬EdleyIgcg;sMerc[)an¦ nigCaCMhrEdleyIg that we take publicly in a conflict situation. karBarCasaFarN³enAkñúgTMnas;NamYy . enA When there is mistrust, we usually hide our eBlKµankarTukcitþKña eyIgEtgEtlak;elomnUv basic needs, and our actions tMrUvkarBitTaMgenH ehIyskmµPaBcMhrbs;eyIg may be based on defending positions which eRcInEtxMkarBarnUvCMhrEdlBMuR)akdfa vabMerI do not really serve our needs. Improving tMrUvkarBitrbs;eyIgenaHeT . karEsVgyl;BI awareness of real needs and the tMrUvkarBitR)akdrbs;mçag² nigR)ab;KñaeTAvij communication of them is an important eTAmk GMBItMrUvkarTaMgenaH KWCaCMnajmYyd¾ conflict management skill. sMxan;kñúgkarRKb;RKgTMnas; . negative attitude critGviC¢man/ \riyabfGviC¢man negotiate crca see negotiation sUmemIlBakü³ karcrca negotiation karcrca see also: arbitration, bargain, conciliation, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mCÄtþkar/ crcatéfø/ mediation, principled negotiation karpSHpSa/ karsRmuHsRmYl/ karcrcaQrelI mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 93 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

A process of discussion or bargaining where eKalkarN_ parties (or their representatives) seek to find a CadMeNIrkarmYyénkarBiPakSa b¤karcrcatéfø solution to a common problem by mutual EdlPaKInana ¬b¤tMNagrbs;eK¦ EsVgrkdMeNaH agreement or compromise. Informal RsayelIbBaðarYm edayRBmeRBog b¤sMruHsMrYl negotiation happens often in everyday Kña . karcrcaeRkApøÚvkarekItmanCaerOy²kñúg relationships between parents and children, TMnak;TMngRbcaMéf¶rvag«Bukmþay nigkUn/ bþI nig husbands and wives, workers and employers, RbBn§/ GñkeFVIkarnignieyaCk .l. eKk¾eRbIkar etc. Negotiation is also used as a more crcakñúgdMeNIrkarCapøÚvkar nigmanrcnasm½

Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) clnamincUlbkSsm½

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 95 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB non-cooperation mineFVIshRbtibtþikar see also: active nonviolence, civil disobedience, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ/ nonviolence karbdiesFc,ab;rdæ/ GhigSa The most common form of nonviolent action, rUbPaBCaTUeTAEdleKEtgCYbRbTH énskmµPaB involving the deliberate withdrawal of GhigSa enaHKW karminshRbtibtþikareday cooperation with a person, activity, institution ectnaCamYy nrNamñak;/ skmµPaBNamYy/ or regime. Methods include boycotts (of sßab½nb¤rbbNamYy . viFIEdleKykmkeRbI goods, services, or elections, etc.), strikes, or mankareFVIBhikar ¬nUv TMnij esva b¤kare)aH refusing to pay taxes (e.g. war tax resistance). eqñat .l.¦ kUdkmµ karminRBmbg;Bn§ ¬]/ Political noncooperation also includes acts of RbqaMgnwgkarbg;Bn§edIm,IeFVIs®gÁam¦. karmineFVI civil disobedience, where protest action is shRbtibtþikarEpñkneya)ay rYmman karbdi taken that deliberately and openly breaks esFc,ab;rdæ EdlCaskmµPaBedaycMh nig particular laws or regulations which are edayectna RbqaMgnwgc,ab; b¤bTb,BaØtþiNamYy believed to be unjust. EdleKyl;faKµanPaByutþiFm’ . non-directive method viFIsa®sþdwknaMedayKµandak;bBa¢a An approach to group leadership in which the CaviFIsa®sþmYykñúgkardwknaMRkum EdlenAkñúg group as a whole is totally responsible for the enaH RkumTaMgmUlCaGñkTTYlxusRtUvGMBITisedA direction taken. rbs;Rkum . nonviolence GhigSa see also: active nonviolence, civil disobedience, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ/ direct action, non-cooperation karbdiesFc,ab;rdæ/ skmµPaBedaycMeBaH/ Nonviolence is an umbrella term for mineFVIshRbtibtiþkar describing a range of methods for dealing GhigSa KWCaemBaküEdlRKbdNþb;BaküÉeTot with conflict which share the common sþIGMBIviFIsa®sþkñúgkarRKb;RKgTMnas; Edlkñúg principle that physical violence, at least enaHeKyl;RsbelIeKalkarN_rYmfa BMumankar mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 96 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB against other people, is not used. eRbIhigSaelIrUbkayeT BiesseTAelImnusS Note: The term non-violent simply means the déTeTot . absence of violence, whereas the meaning of kMNt;sMKal;³ kñúgPasaGg;eKøs “non-violent” nonviolent or nonviolence implies a dynamic ¬minhigSa¦mann½ysamBaØfa {BMumanGMeBIhigSa} rIÉ system of alternative skills to engage with “nonviolent” b¤ “nonviolence” ¬GhigSa¦ vij conflict and change without using violence. manbgáb;n½ysþIBI RbB½n§CMnajepSg²sMrab;RKb;

RKgTMnas; nigeFVIkarpøas;bþÚr edayBMueRbIhigSa . kñúgPasaExµreyIg eKBi)aknwgrk[eXIjnUvkar xusKñarvagvaküs½BÞTaMgBIrenHNas; . nonviolent action / nonviolent direct skmµPaBGhigSa¼skmµPaBGhigSa action edaycMeBaH see also: active nonviolence, civil disobedience, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ/ direct action, non-cooperation, nonviolence karbdiesFc,ab;rdæ/ skmµPaBedaycMeBaH/ Coordinated actions taken to struggle against minshRbtibtþikar/ GhigSa injustice without using violence and without karsMrbsMrYlskmµPaBnanaedIm,I RbyuT§RbqaMg being passive or submissive. It consists of nwgGyutþiFm’ edayBMueRbIGMeBIhigSa nigedayKµan acts of protest and persuasion, PaBTn;RCay b¤rNbnrNamñak;. skmµPaBTaMg noncooperation and nonviolent intervention enHGacman karRbqaMgtv:a karbBa©úHbBa©Úl kar designed to undermine the sources of power mineFVIshRbtibtþikar nigGnþraKmn_GhigSa/ kñúg of the opponent in order to bring about eKalbMNgeFVI[ RbPBénGMNacrbs;KUbdibkç change. These can be public demonstrations fycuH edIm,ICMruj[mankarpøas;bþÚr . kñúgrUbPaB and protests, blockades, lobbying or media enH eKGaceFVICa)atukmµ b¤karRbqaMgtv:aCa campaigns, etc. saFarN³/ karbiTpøÚvmin[ecjcUl/ karbBa©úH bBa©Úl b¤kareXasnatamRbB½n§pSB§pSay .l. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 97 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

objective kmµvtßú/ TisedA/ stüanum½t a. The result that needs to be achieved in k/ lT§plEdlRtUvseRmc[)an kñúgkarQan order to reach a goal. eTArkeKaledANamYy . b. Presenting facts in an impersonal or x/ EdlbgðajGMBIkarBit edayminlMeGog nig unbiased way (the opposite of subjective). edayminykmenaseBa©tnapÞal;xøÜnmklayLM

¬pÞúyBIBakü “subjective” Edlmann½yfa lMeGogeTAelICMenO b¤KMnitrbs;nrNamñak; . observing segátkarN_ see monitoring, verification sUmemIlBakü³ karXøaMBinitü/ karBinitübBa¢ak; ombudsman GñktMNagrdæedaHRsayvivaT An official appointed to investigate m®nþIraCkarEdlEtgtaMgeLIg edIm,IesuIbGegát complaints made by individuals against eTAtamBakübNþwgrbs;RbCaBlrdæ RbqaMgnwg wrong practice by public authorities. GMeBIminKb,Irbs;GaCJaFr . onion tool ]bkrN_xÞwm)araMg see doughnut tool sUmemIlBakü³ ]bkrN_dUNat; open mind citþTUlay/ KMnitebIkcMh see also: closed mind sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ KMnitceg¥ótcg¥l; A person who has an open mind has an CamnusSmñak;EdlmancitþKMnitebIkcMh TTYl attitude of openness to consider opinions or sþab;mtiGñkdéT enAeBlEdlmtienaHxusBImti ideas which challenge their own ways of xøÜnÉg . seeing things.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 98 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB open question sMnYrebIk b¤sMnYrcMh see also: closed question sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ sMnYrbiT a. A question which cannot be answered with k/ CasMnYrEdlBMuGaceqøIy)anedayRKan;Etfa a simple “yes” or “no,” which opens {Emn} b¤ {minEmn} . sMnYrebIkCMruj[mankar discussion and invites a creative response. BiPakSaedIm,IrkcemøIy[)aneBjeljsBVRKb;. b. A matter which is not yet decided, which x/ KWCaerOgmYyEdlBMuTan;mankarseRmc ehIy allows for differences of opinion. EdlGnuBaØat[mtiepSg²Kña )anelIkeLIg . opportunity »kasEdlmkdl;/ »kas see also: window of opportunity sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ bg¥Ücén»kas opposition party KNbkSRbqaMg The main political party in a county’s KWCaKNbkScMbgeKenAkñúgsPaénRbeTsNa parliament that is not part of the government mYy EdlminEmnCaKNbkSkan;GMNac . (also called the Opposition). option CMerIs An alternative possibility or choice in a KWCaCMerIsEdlGacTTYlyk)an enAkñúgsßan particular situation, especially something in karN_NamYy CaBiessdMeNaHRsayEdlman addition to the obvious. Generating or CabEnßmeTAelI dMeNaHRsayEdlelceFøaCag creating options for better solutions is an eK . karbMpus b¤karbegáItCMerIsepSg² edIm,Irk important step in conflict management. Based dMeNaHRsay[)ankan;Etl¥ KWCaCMhanmYyd¾ on defining the problem in terms of needs, sMxan;kñúgkarRKb;RKgTMnas; . edaykMNt;bBaða generating options allows the parties to focus elImUldæantMrUvkar/ karbegáItCMerIsepSg²CYy[ on finding mutually satisfying solutions to the PaKIénTMnas;epþatKMnitEsVgrk dMeNaHRsay problem, rather than defending adversarial epSg²EdleBjcitþTaMgsgxag CaCagRKan;Et positions. karBarCMhrRbqaMgKñaerog²xøÜn . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 99 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB organisational development (OD) karGPivDÆn_GgÁkar The process through which an organisation, CadMeNIrkarEdlGgÁkarb¤clnaNamYy )anlUt or movement, matures, mainly through las;cas;citþcas;KMnit CasMxan;tamry³kar establishing a good system of administration, begáItnUvRbB½n§d¾l¥xagrdæ)al nigkarR)aRs½y communication, and a clarified vision, goals Tak;Tg RBmTaMgmanckçúvis½y nigeKaledAc,as; and purpose. las; . outcome lT§pl The results, effects or consequences of an KWCaehtubc½©y b¤plvi)akénskmµPaB b¤ action or event. Expressing your preferred RBwtiþkarN_NamYy . karbBa¢ak;edaycMhrnUv outcome in a conflict situation is a lT§plEdleyIgcUlcitþCag enAkñúgsßankarN_ communication skill which avoids blaming TMnas;NamYy KWCaCMnajkñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg others for behaviour you do not like. It can EdlGnuBaØat[eyIg eCosvagsþIbenÞasGñkdéT help to avoid the reactions of resistance that cMeBaHGakb,kiriyarbs;eKEdleyIgmincUlcitþ. usually occur when you tell someone they vak¾GacCYyeCosvag RbtikmµCMTas;EdlEtgEt should behave differently. ekItmanenAeBleyIgR)ab;GñkNamñak;fa eKKYr Rbkan;Gakb,kiriyaepSgBIenH . pacifism snþiPaBniym see also: passive/passivism sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ Gkmµ¼Gkmµniym The rejection of war and any form of physical KWCakarbdiesFCaeKalkarN_nUvs®gÁam nigGMeBI violence on principle, usually with an higSaelIrUbkaytamRKb;rUbPaB edaysgát;F¶n; emphasis on maintaining personal integrity. elIkarRbkan;x¢ab;nUvPaBesµaHRtg;rbs;xøÜnÉg . pacify eFVI[mansnþiPaB b¤bBa©b;CemøaH see also: positive peace sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ snþiPaBCaviC¢man a. The literal meaning is to make peace. k> Gtßn½ycMKW {kareFVI[mansnþiPaB} b. In common usage, to pacify a region or x> CaTUeTA kareFVI[tMbn; b¤RbCaCatimYyman mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 100 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB population means to bring an end to snþiPaB KWkarbBa©b;CemøaHedayeRbIkmøaMg b¤kar hostilities through the use of force and bgçitbgçM . eKeRbIBaküenHsMedAdl;GnþraKmn_ coercion, used in reference to third party rbs;PaKITIbI b¤karbM)at;ecalnUvkarRbqaMgKña intervention or to the suppression of edayPaKINamYyEdlmankmøaMgxøaMgCag . opposition by a more powerful party. paradox mtipÞúynwgmtiFmµta b¤ brmti b¤ Rbtimti see also: dilemma sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eTVeRKaH a. A statement that seems strange or k/ KWCamtiEdlhak;dUcCacEmøk b¤Gnuvtþmin)an impossible because it contains two ideas that BIeRBaHmanbgáb;mtiBIrEdlhak;dUcCaBitTaMgBIr both appear to be true and also to contradict EtvabdiesFKñaeTAvijeTAmk . each other. x/ CamtiEdleXIjhak;dUcCaBit EtvanaMeTA b. A statement that appears to be true, dl;esckþIsnñidæanmYyEdlhak;dUc BMuGacekIt but which leads to a conclusion that seems man)an b¤manlkçN³pÞúyKña . enAkñúgkar impossible or contradictory. In peacebuilding, ksagsnþiPaB CaerOy²vamanRbeyaCn_ebIeyIg it is often useful to be able to frame a paradox GackMNt;brmtitamEbbbTmYyEdlbgðajfa as something that can be held together, rather mtiTaMgBIrGacsßitenACamYyKña)an CaCagRtUv than as an either/or dilemma. An example eRCIserIsykNamYy b¤k¾Tal;Rck . elak cn raised by John Paul Lederach is the b:Ul eLdWr:ak; )anbgðajGMBItMrUUvkarBIrEdlpÞúy paradoxical need for both justice and mercy Kña KWyutþiFm’ nigemtþaFm’ kñúgkarbMEbøgTMnas; . in conflict transformation. paraphrase brRbeyaK see also: active listening, communication skills sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsþab;edayykcitþ and tools Tukdak;/ CMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg nig A communication skill, where the listener meFüa)ayR)aRs½yTak;Tg restates in a concise way and in their own KWCaCMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg EdlenAkñúgenaHGñk words both the content and feeling of the sþab;niyayy:agxøIeLIgvij edayeRbIBaküeBcn_ mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 101 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB speaker's message, and then checks to see if rbs;xøÜnÉgpÞal; nUvxøwmsar nigmenaesBa©tna this understanding is correct. Paraphrasing kñúgRbeyaKrbs;vaKµin edIm,IepÞógpÞat;fa etIkar shows that we are attentive, helps to clarify yl;eXIjrbs;xøÜnvaRtwmRtUvEdrb¤eT . viFIenH what is being said and to avoid bgðajfa eyIg)anykcitþTukdak;sþab; ehIyva misunderstandings. CYyeyIg[yl;c,as;elI GVIEdleyIg)ansþab; nig eCosvagkarP½nþRcLM . pardon karelIkElgeTas see also: forgiveness sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karGt;eTas An official decision that there will be no karsMercCapøÚvkarminpþnÞaeTasnrNamñak; eTaHbI punishment, although a person has been manPsþútagRKb;RKan;bgðajfa GñkenaHRtUvCab; proved to be guilty of a crime. eTas eday)anRbRBwtþGMeBI]RkidækmµEmn . participation karcUlrYm participatory decision-making esckþIseRmccitþedaymankarcUlrYm see also: collaborative problem-solving, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rYmKñaedaHRsaybBaða/ decision-making process, problem-solving dMeNIrkareFVIesckþIseRmccitþ/ A way of making decisions that involves all karedaHRsaybBaða stakeholders. It is based on the understanding viFImYykñúgkareFVIesckþIsMerccitþEdlmankarcUl that when people participate in making a rYmBIRKb;GñkBak;B½n§ . eKeCOfaGñkEdl)ancUl decision, they are more likely to support its rYm nigKaMRTdl;karGnuvtþesckþIsMerccitþenaH . implementation. partnership PaBCaédKU party KNbkS b¤ PaKI a. In a dispute, the parties are the people who k/ enAkñúgTMnas; KWCaRkummnusSEdleQøaHKña are in conflict with each other, also called EdleyIgehAfa PaKITMnas; . PaKITIbI CaGñk mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 102 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB conflictants or disputants. However, a third EdleFVIGnþraKmn_ ¬]/ GñksRmuHsRmYl¦ edIm,I party is someone who intervenes (such as a CYyPaKITaMgsgxag[edaHRsayTMnas;)an . mediator) to try to help the parties to resolve the dispute. x/ KNbkSneya)ay b. A political party passive/passivism Gkmµ¼Gkmµniym see also: pacifism sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ snþiPaBniym Someone who is passive tends to accept GñkGkmµ KWCaGñkEdlRBmTTYlrgnUvsßankarN_ difficult situations without actively trying to lM)ak edayBMu)anxMRbwgERbgpøas;bþÚrsßankarN_ change them for the better. enaH [eTACal¥vij . passive resistance karRbqaMgGkmµ see also: active nonviolence, civil disobedience, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ/ non-cooperation, nonviolence GhigSa/ karbdiesFc,ab;rdæ/ A type of nonviolent non-cooperation, such minshRbtibtþikar/ as some strikes and boycotts, where a party CakarmineFVIshRbtibtþikarEtmineRbIhigSa dUc protests an injustice by refusing to do Ca kUdkmµ nigkareFVIBhikar EdlkñúgenaH PaKI something that they are expected to do. mYytv:aRbqaMgnwgGMeBIGyutþiFm’ edayBMuRBmeFVI kic©karEdlCakatBVkic©rbs;xøÜn . patience esckþIGt;Fµt; see also: tolerance sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karGt;eGan a. The ability to wait calmly or to do k/ karGacrg;caM)anedays¶at;es¶óm b¤eFVIGVImYy something that is difficult or uninteresting for EdllM)akehIyBMusUvmanRbeyaCn_ kñúgeBl long periods of time. mYyd¾yUr . b. The ability to accept or endure difficult x/ karRBmTTYlyk b¤Fn;RTaMnwg sßankarN_ situations, people's behaviour, or pain without lM)ak/ Gakb,kiriyarbs;Gñkpg b¤ karQWcab; complaining or becoming angry. edayminf¶Úr b¤xwgsm,ar . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 103 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB pattern lMnaM b¤ TMrg; b¤ EbbEpn A pattern is the arrangement or order of CakarerobcM b¤lMdab;énGVIepSg² EdlCaFmµta things, usually something that can be eKGaccMNaM)an eRBaHvasacuHsaeLIgdEdl² . identified because it is repeated. Analysing karviPaKGMBIlMnaMénTMnas; nigkarksagsnþiPaB patterns of conflict and peacebuilding can GacCYybegáInPaBskþisiT§iénkarbgáarTMnas; nig enhance the effectiveness of conflict yuT§sa®sþkñúgkareFVIGnþraKmn_ . prevention and intervention strategies. peace snþiPaB see also: culture of peace, positive peace sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vb,Fm’snþiPaB/ The state of freedom from conflict with snþiPaBCaviC¢man ourselves or the world around us. Peace can KWCasPav³énkarKµanTMnas;CamYyxøÜneyIg nig be inner peace (a state of being at peace with CamYyGVI²EdlenACMuvijxøÜneyIg . vaGacCa ourselves and our experience), or peace in a snþiPaBxagkñúg xøÜneyIg ¬mansnþiPaBCamYyxøÜn relationship, group or society. Peace in Ég nigCamYybTBiesaFn_EdlxøÜn)anqøgkat;¦ society used to be defined as simply the b¤ snþiPaBenAkñúgTMnak;TMngkñúgRkumb¤kñúgsgÁm . absence of war and violence. However, a eKeRcInbkRsayBaküsnþiPaBkñúgsgÁmfa Ca deeper understanding of the concept of peace karKµans®gÁam nigKµanGMeBIhigSa . b:uEnþkaryl; shows that a range of positive dynamics make sIuCeRmAnUvRTwsþIsnþiPaB bgðaj[eXIjnUvkmøaMg up and sustain a peaceful and harmonious CaviC¢manmYycMnYn EdleFVI[sgÁmmansux society. This richer understanding is the basis snþiPaBRbkbedaycIrPaB . karyl;c,as;BI for the concepts of peacebuilding and positive RTwsþIsnþiPaBenH KWCamUldæanbBaØtþiénkarksag peace. snþiPaBCaviC¢man . peacebuilding karksagsnþiPaB Peacebuilding is the process of building KWCadMeNIrkarénkarksagTMnak;TMngd¾l¥ rvag peaceful relations between people by buKÁledaybMEbøgTMnas; nigbegáItnUvrcnasm<½n§ transforming conflict and creating structures eFVI[sgÁmmansnþiPaBRbkbedaycIrPaB . eK to sustain peace in society. The term can be mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 104 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB used at every level from interpersonal to GaceRbIvaküs½BÞenHenARKb;kRmit taMgBIrvag international. mnusSnigmnusS rhUtdl;TMnak;TMngGnþrCati . peace education karGb;rMsnþiPaB Peace education encompasses all educational karGb;rMsnþiPaB rab;bBa©ÚlRKb;skmµPaBGb;rM activities which aim to promote peace, for dl;mnusSRKb;RsTab; kñúgkarelIktMekIgsnþiPaB any audience, including lectures, awareness- mankareFVIbzkfa/ yuT§nakarelIksÞÜykaryl; raising campaigns, posters, radio and TV dwgBIsnþiPaB/ karbiTb½NÐRbkas/ karpSBVpSay spots, literature, materials for school tamviTüúnigTUrTsSn_/ GkSrsa®sþ/ esovePAkñúg curriculums, etc. kmµviFIsikSa .l. peace-enforcement karGnuvtþn_EpnkarbgçM[mansnþiPaB A concept mentioned in the UN Agenda for KWCaRTwsþIEdlmanEcgkñúgrebobvar³snþiPaBrbs; Peace, wherein early military intervention GgÁkarshRbCaCati Edl)anniyayfa eKnwg would be used to enforce peace agreements eFVIGnþraKmn_eyaFa[)anqab; edIm,IGnuvtþkic© that were being breached. The idea is that an RBmeRBogsnþiPaBEdlRtUv)aneRbHRsaM . eKKit early strategic military response (sanctioned fa kareRbIkmøaMgeyaFakñúgkareqøIytbCayuT§sa®sþ by the UN Security Council) may make a [)anTan;eBlevla ¬EdlKaMRTedayRkumRbwkSa decisive difference before the situation badly snþisuxén Gsb¦ GacnaM[manlT§plCa viC¢ deteriorates. manmuneBlsßankarN_GacFøak;y:ab;yWunxøaMg . peacekeeping karrkSasnþiPaB Peacekeeping is the prevention or ending of Cakarbgáar b¤bBa©b; GMeBIhigSarvagrdæ tamry³ violence within or between nation-states GnþraKmn_BIkmøaMgTIbI EdlEjkPaKITMnas;[enA through the intervention of an outside third dac;BIKña . pÞúyBI kareFVI[mansnþiPaB EdltMrUv party that keeps the warring parties apart. [mankarcrcarkdMeNaHRsayelIbBaðaCaTMnas; Unlike peacemaking, which involves eKaledAén karrkSasnþiPaB KWeFVIy:agNabgáar negotiating a resolution to the issues in kMu[manGMeBIhigSakan;EtxøaMg . conflict, the goal of peacekeeping is simply preventing further violence. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 105 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB peacemaking kareFVI[mansnþiPaB Peacemaking is the term often used to refer to eKeRbIBaküenHsMedAdl; karcrcarkdMeNaH negotiating the resolution of a conflict RsaykñúgTMnas;rvag buKÁl Rkum b¤RbCaCati. va between people, groups, or nations. It goes RCaleRCACagkarrkSasnþiPaBedayvaedaHRsay beyond peacekeeping to actually deal with bBaðaCaTMnas; b:uEnþvaRtUvbBa©b;enAeBlEdlman the issues in dispute, but ends when an karRBmeRBogrvagPaKI . RTwsþIénkarksag agreement is reached. The concept of snþiPaB eTAq¶ayCagkic©RBmeRBogCapøÚvkar peacebuilding goes beyond the formal edaymanbMNgsMercnUvkarpSHpSaKña nigsßabna agreement to achieve reconciliation and build TMnak;TMngCasnþiPaBrvagRbCaCn . peaceful relations between people. peace process dMeNIrkarsnþiPaB The process made of various functions and CadMeNIrkarEdlekItecjBImuxgar nigtYnaTICa roles, and at different levels, that leads from eRcInenAkMritepSg²KñaEdlnaM[mankarQanBI conflict to peace. It is sometimes used in a sßankarN_TMnas;eTAkan;snþiPaB . eBlxøHeK more limited way to refer to the process of eRbIvakñúgn½yceg¥ótRtwmEtedAdl; dMenIrkarcrca negotiating formal peace agreements. Kñarkkic©RBmeRBogsnþiPaBCapøÚvkarEtb:ueNÑaH . peace walk k,ÜndMeNIredIm,IsnþiPaB see dhammayietra sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ FmµyaRta perception sBaØaxn§ The way that a person is conditioned to notice KWCaviBaØaNEdlkMNt;BIEbbbTrbs;mnusSmñak; and interpret things. In conflict, our kñúgkarsMKal; nigbkRsayGVIepSg². kñúgTMnas; perceptions are often biased or inaccurate: for sBaØaxn§rbs;eyIgEtgEtlMeGog nigBMusUvBit example, we will only notice the things that R)akd . ]/ eyIgeXIjEtGVIEdleyIgBMucUlcitþ we do not like about an opponent and enAelIxøÜnPaKImçageTot ehIyk¾vinicä½yskmµPaB judge their actions negatively. Transforming rbs;eKCaGviC¢man . kareFVI[sBaØaxn§énPaKI the perceptions of conflicting parties is one of kñúgTMnas;pøas;bþÚreTA)an KWCabBaðaRbQmmYyd¾ the challenges of third party intervention. twgEtgkñúgkareFVIGnþraKmn_rbs;PaKITIbI . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 106 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB persecute eFVITukçeTas b¤ pþnÞaeTas To deliberately oppress or treat someone eFVIkarKabsgát;elInrNamñak;edayectna b¤ cruelly over a period of time, especially edayeXareXAkñúgry³eBlmYy CaBiesseday because of their political or religious beliefs. QrelImUlehtuneya)ay b¤CMenO sasna . personal and cultural exchanges karpøas;bþÚrbTBiesaFn_pÞal;xøÜn nigEpñkvb,Fm’ Exchanges between different groups or KWCakarpøas;bþÚrrvagRkum b¤RbCaCati edIm,Isßabna nations to help build personal, intellectual, TMnak;TMngnigkaryl;dwgpÞal;xøÜn b¤xagEpñk political, religious, or cultural understanding bBaØa neya)ay sasna b¤vb,Fm’ nigedIm,I and ties, and to transform stereotypes. EkERbpñt;KMnitEdlmanyUrmkehIy . persuasion karbBa©úHbBa©Úl see also: coercion sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karbgÁab; b¤kardak; Attempting to convince another party to bBa¢adac;Nat; change their attitude or behaviour. Persuasion karBüayambBa©úHbBa©ÚlPaKImYyeTot [bþÚrTegVI is usually through rational or emotional b¤Gakb,kiriyarbs;eK . kñúgviFIenH eKeRcIn appeals based on common values and eRbIehtupl b¤menaseBa©tna edayQrelItémø understandings rather than coercion or threat. rYmnigkaryl;dwg CaCagkarbgÁab; b¤karbMP½y . picket eFVI)atukmµ To stand or march as a protest in front of a Qr b¤edIrRbqaMgtv:aenAmuxeragcRk b¤GaKar factory or other building, especially to stop epSgeTot edIm,IXat;mnusSkMu[cUleTA)an kñúg people from going inside during a strike. A eBlkMBugeFVIkUdkmµ . Bakü picket line sMedA picket or picket line is the group or line of dl;RkummnusSEdleFVI)atukmµ . people who do this.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 107 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB pillar of issues cnÞúl;énbBaða A graphic tool to help analyse conflict Ca]bkrN_RkahVik sMrab;CYydl;kareFVIviPaK situations that are ‘held up’ or maintained by sßankarN_TMnas;EdlRTRTg; other factors or forces. In such cases, b¤rkSaTukedayktþa b¤kmøaMgepSg² . addressing only the conflict itself will have kñúgsßankarN_EbbenH ebIeyIg limited impact. The aim of this tool is to epþateTAelITMnas;EtmYymux KWBMusUvmanRbsiT§ identify the supporting factors and weaken or PaBeLIy . ]bkrN_enHeKeRbIsMrab;rk[eXIj remove them. nUvktþaTaMgLayEdlRTRTg;TMnas;/ rYcehIyeFVI [ktþaTaMgenaHcuHexSay b¤dkvaecj .

bBaða Issues

cnÞl; b¤TMr cnÞl; b¤TMr Pillars Pillars

cnÞl;énbBaða ¼ pillar of issues

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 108 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

pluralism Bhuniym a. The belief in tolerance and acceptance of k/ CMenOelIkarGt;eGan nigkarTTYlsÁal;nUv diversity, especially of opinions, values, etc. PaBxus²Kña CaBiessénKMnit/ témø .l. b. A form of society in which different ethnic x/ sgÁmmYyEbbEdlkñúgenaH CatiBn§ b¤Rkum or cultural groups can maintain their mnusSEdlmanvb,Fm’epSg²Kña GacrkSanUv traditions. TMenomTMlab;rbs;xøÜn)an . c. The belief that power should be shared K/ CMenOEdlfa GMNacGacEckrMElkrvag between a number of political parties. KNbkSmYycMnYn)an . point of view TsSn³ a. A position from which something is viewed; k/ CMhrmYykñúgkaremIleTAelIGVImYy . kar a particular way of considering something. BicarNaelIGVImYykñúgpøÚvmYyBiess . b. Someone's personal opinion or attitude x/ mti b¤TegVIrbs;nrNamñak;enAelIGVImYy . about something.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 109 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB polarisation karRbmUlpþúM see also: escalation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karrIkraldal The process in which parties move towards dMenIrkarmYyEdlPaKITaMgsgxag xiteTARbkan; more extreme positions ("poles") as a conflict CMhrkan;Etq¶ayBIKñaeLIg ¬b:Ul b¤Gekçasan¦ escalates, leaving less middle ground. enAeBlTMnas;kan;EtrIkraldal ehIypøÚv kNþalk¾kan;EtmanticeTA . policy dialogue karBieRKaHeKalneya)ay see also: dialogue sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karBiPakSa Dialogue aimed at engaging stakeholders in CakarBiPakSasMedAdak;bBa©ÚlPaKIBak;B½n§nana public policy decisions and recommendations. [eFVIesckþIsMercelIeKalneya)aysaFarN³ nigeFVIGnusasn_ . positions CMhr see also: doughnut tool (onion tool), interests, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ]bkrN_dUNat; b¤ human needs theory, needs, theories of conflict ]bkrN_xÞwm)araMg/ plRbeyaCn_/ RTwsþItMrUvkar Positions are what parties publicly say they rbs;mnusS/ tMrUvkar/ RTwsþITMnas; want in a conflict. As conflict develops, the KWCaGVIEdlKUPaKIRbkascg;)anCasaFarN³ enA parties’ positions will usually become the kñúgTMnas; . enAeBlEdlTMnas;kan;EtrIkeLIg opposite of their opponents, even though the CMhrrbs;PaKImçag² kan;Etb®Ba©asKñaeLIg eTaH underlying interests may actually be bICaplRbeyaCn_EdlenABIeRkayCMhrenaH compatible. Gac RtUvKñak¾eday .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 110 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB positive peace snþiPaBCaviC¢man b¤ snþiPaBBitR)akd see also: peace sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ snþiPaB Peace is commonly thought of as simply the CaTUeTAeKeRcIn[niymn½yBakü snþiPaB faCa absence of organised, armed violence. karBMuman GMeBIhigSaRbdab;GavuFEdlerobcM However, a society without war, but which eLIgedayectna. b:uEnþkñúgsgÁmmYyEdlKµan has deep-rooted divisions, structural s®gÁamEtmankarEbk)ak;KñasIuCeRmA manGMeBI violence, inequalities or oppression is far higSaCalkçN³rcnasm<½n§ mankarminesµIPaB b¤ from being peaceful and harmonious. The mankarsgát;sgáin/ sgÁmenaHBMuGaccat;Tukfa concept of positive peace was first defined by mansnþiPaBb¤manesckþIsux)aneT . RTwsþIén Johan Galtung in his 1969 article, “Violence, snþiPaBCaviC¢man RtUv)anbkRsayCaelIk Peace and Peace Research,” which outlined dMbUgedayelak cUhan hÁal;Tug kñúgGtßbTcuH the need for a more comprehensive approach pSayenAqñaM1969 eRkamcMNgeCIgfa {GMeBI in order to realise a positive or lasting peace. higSa snþiPaB nigkarRsavRCavBIsnþiPaB} . This means the absence of structural violence kñúgenaHelak)anbBa¢ak;fa edIm,IsMerc)annUv and having fair societal conditions such as snþiPaBCaviC¢manb¤yUrGEgVg eKRtUvEsVgyl;[ justice and equity. The definition of peace as )anTUlMTUlayEfmeTot KW)anesckþIfa eFVIy:ag the absence of war is sometimes referred to NakMu[manGMeBIhigSaEdlmanlkçN³Carcna as negative peace. sm<½n§ nig RtUvksagsgÁmmYyEdlRbkbeday yutþiFm’ nig smFm’ . kar[niymn½y snþiPaB faCakarKµans®gÁamenaH CYnkaleKehAfaCa snþiPaBGviC¢man . post-conflict eRkayTMnas; see also: pre-conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ munekItTMnas; The prefix post- means “after.” Post-conflict KWCary³kalénkarsßabna nigbnSHrbYseLIg refers to the period of reconstruction and vij bnÞab;BITMnas;Rbdab;GavuF)anRtUvbBa©b; nig recovery following an end to armed conflict muneBlmansnþiPaBCaviC¢man . karEbk)ak; and before positive peace has been b¤TMnas;enAkñúgsgÁmmYy BMuEmnRtUvrlayeTA established. The divisions or conflicts within a mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 111 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB society do not go away with peace accords or edaysarmankic©RBmeRBogsnþiPaB b¤sn§isBaØa other agreements to end armed conflict, and epSg² edIm,IbBa©b;TMnas;Rbdab;GavuFenaHeT . successful post-conflict recovery involves the karbnSHrbYseLIgvijeRkayTMnas; tRmUv[man transformation of violent conflict into peaceful karEkERbTMnas;RbkbedayhigSa [køayeTACa processes of political decision-making, as well ynþkarén karseRmccitþneya)ayRbkbeday as addressing the socio-economic and snþiPaB edayRtUvedaHRsaypgEdrnUvbBaða psychological dimensions of reconciliation and citþsa®sþ esdækic© nigsgÁmkic© EdlekIteLIg peace-building. enAeBlpSHpSaKña nigeBlksagsnþiPaB . power GMNac see also: empowerment, triangle of power sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karBRgwgGMNac/ a. The ability or capacity to do something. RtIekaNGMNac b. The ability to exercise authority, control or k> karGac b¤mansmtßPaBeFVIGVImYy)an influence over others. Conflict theory x> karGaceRbIR)as;smtßkic©/ karRtYtRta b¤ distinguishes between hard power and soft \T§iBleTAelIGñkdéT . ®TwsþIénTMnas;sMKal; power. Hard power is the coercive ability to lkçN³xusKñarvag {GMNacedaykmøaMg} nig use force to control or influence; whereas {GMNacedayTn;Pøn;} . {GMnacedaykmøaMg} soft power is the persuasive ability to KWCakareRbIGMNackñúgkarRtYtRta b¤kñúgkarCH promote cooperation, to inspire or to provide \T§iBleTAelIGVImYy . {GMNacedayTn;Pøn;} legitimacy. Understanding the relative power KWCakarbBa©úHbBa©Úl edIm,IbegáInshRbtibtþikar of parties to conflict is an important part of nigedIm,I[mankarTTYlsÁal;CaTUeTA . karEsVg conflict analysis. yl;GMBIsPaBBiténGMNacrbs;PaKIkñúgTMnas; KWCaEpñkmYyd¾sMxan;énkarviPaKTMnas; . power mediation GMNackñúgkarsRmuHsRmYl see also: mediation, power sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsRmuHsRmYl/ A mediation process where the third party GMNac uses pressure (usually in the form of threats or KWCaynþkarénkarsRmuHsRmYlmYy EdlPaKITIbI incentives) to compel the conflictants to eRbIR)as;nUvkarKabsgát; ¬edaysmøút b¤pþl; mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 112 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB engage in the process and reach an rgVan;¦ bgçM[PaKITMnas;cUlrYmkñúgdMeNIrkaredaH agreement. Power mediation is sometimes Rsay nigkñúgkic©RBmeRBog . CYnkaleKehA called mediation with muscle compared with ynþkarenHfa karsRmuHsRmYledayeRbIsac;dMu} mediation with integrity where the mediator edIm,IeRbobeFobeTAnwgynþkarmYyeTot ehAfa does not compel participation or press for a {karsRmuHsRmYledaysucrit} eRBaHGñksRmuH particular outcome. sRmYlBMumanbgçitbgçMPaKINamYy b¤CRmuj[ TTYlyknUvlT§plNamYyCaBiessenaHeT . praxis kareRbIR)as;CMnaj see also: theory sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ®TwsþI a. The exercise or practice of an art, science k> karGnuvtþn_Cak;EsþgnUvsil,³ viTüasa®sþ b¤ or skill (as contrasted with the theory). CMnajNamYy ¬EdlpÞúyBIsPaBmanEtRTwsþI¦. b. Customary practice or conduct. x> karRbtibtþi b¤GMeBICaTmøab; precarious peace snþiPaBpuyRsYy see also: peace, positive peace sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ snþiPaB/ Precarious means insecure, unstable or snþiPaBCaviC¢man exposed to danger. A precarious peace is an snþiPaBEbbenHekIteLIg enAeBleTIb)anbBa©b; end to open warfare in a situation of acute s®gÁamcMhmYyenAkñúgsßanPaBmanTMnas;d¾xøaMg conflict which is liable to escalate again, i.e. køaEdlGacraldalsaCafµI . KW)anesckþIfa where “peace” means little more than the Bakü {snþiPaB} kñúgeBlenH vamann½yl¥Cag temporary absence of war. Sometimes Bakü {karKµans®gÁamCabeNþaHGasnñ} Etbnþic refered to as fragile peace. bnþÜcb:ueNÑaH . pre-conflict munekItTMnas; see also: latent conflict, post-conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;bgáb; The prefix pre- means “before.” eRkayTMnas; mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 113 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB a. The period before the outbreak of full- k> KWCary³eBlmunkarpÞúHTMnas;d¾FMmYy ehIy scale conflict, characterised by an escalation kñúgry³eBlenHeKeXIjman karrIkraldal of tension and instability, and a deterioration sßankarN_twgEtg kMeNInGsßirPaB nigPaBdun of economic and social conditions. dabénsßankarN_esdækic© nigsgÁmkic© . b. The term pre-conflict also refers in general x> eKeRbIBaküenHEdr edIm,IniyayGMBIsßanPaB to conditions before a conflict occurred, e.g. muneBlekItmanTMnas; ]> kRmitsikSaFikarmun pre-conflict levels of education. eBlmanTMnas; . prejudice buernicä½y b¤ karvaysµan b¤ karsnñidæanmun see also: bias, stereotype sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karlMeGog/ pñt;KMnit An unreasonable negative opinion of people karmanmtiGviC¢manminsmehtuplelIGñkdéT who are different - especially because of their EdlxusBIxøÜn CaBiessedaysarerOgBUCsasn_ race, sex, religion, etc. – formed without ePT sasna .l. edayBMu)andwgerOgc,as; sufficient knowledge or actual experience of las;b¤Føab;manbTBiesaFn_CamYyGñkTaMgenaH. those people. Conflict analysis will often karviPaKTMnas; nwgbgðaj[eXIjnUv buernicä½y highlight prejudice and other negative images RBmTaMgrUbPaBGviC¢man nigcritÉeTot² Edl and attitudes that parties have about each PaKImanGMBIKñaeTAvijeTAmk . other. prescriptive Edldak;bgÁab; see elicitive/prescriptive sUmemIlBakü³ EdlbMpusKMnit¼Edldak;bBaØtþi press release esckþIRbkasBt’man A formal release to the media of a statement karpþl;CapøÚvkardl;RbB½n§pSBVpSaynUv esckþI or information by an individual, group or EføgkarN_ b¤Bt’man EdleFVIeLIgedaybuKÁl institution. Rkum b¤sßab½nNamYy .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 114 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB preventive diplomacy viFIsa®sþpøÚvTUtedIm,IbgáarCamun see also: diplomacy sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTUt Diplomatic actions to prevent disputes from skmµPaBkarTUt edIm,IbgáarCemøaHkuM[ekIteLIg arising between parties, or to prevent existing )anrvagPaKI b¤bgáarCemøaHEdlkMBugmanRsab;kMu disputes from escalating into conflicts. [rIkraldal . principled negotiation karcrcaCaeKalkarN_ see also: negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karcrca An approach to negotiation developed by CaviFImYyénkarcrcaEdlbegáIteLIgedayelak Fisher and Ury of the Harvard Negotiation hVIsQr nigelakGU‘rI énKMeragkarcrcarbs; Project and involving “separating the people saklviTüal½y hav:at nigEdlsþIBI {karbMEbk from the problem,” negotiating on the basis ktþamnusSecjBIktþabBaða} . eKcrcaedayQr of interests rather than positions, identifying elIplRbeyaCn_ CaCagelICMhrmçag² eKxMrk[ options for mutual gain, and using objective eXIjnUvCMerIsEdleFVI[)ancMeNjTaMgsgxag/ criteria to judge the fairness of any proposed edayeRbIlkçxNÐminlMeGog kñúgkarvinicä½yelI settlement. KtiyutiþénsMeNIedaHRsayNamYy . private judging karkat;kþIeRkAtulakar see also: arbitration sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ mCÄtþkar A process agreed to by the parties where a CadMeNIrkarmYy EdlRBmeRBogedayPaKITaMg dispute is presented to a neutral third party, sgxagkñúgkaresñI[PaKIGBüaRkwtTIbI ¬eRcInCa typically an experienced lawyer or retired emFavI b¤ecARkm EdlmanbTBiesaFn_¦ CYy judge, who is hired by the parties and renders edaHRsayTMnas; ehIyPaKITaMgBIrsnüafa nwg a binding decision. eKarBtamkarkat;kþIenaH . proactive epþImKMnitskmµCamun/ skmµRKb;RKg Creating or controlling a situation by taking pþÜcepþIm[man b¤RtYtRtasßankarN_NamYy the initiative or anticipating rather than edayepþImKMniteFVIGVImYy b¤KitTukCamun CaCagcaM merely reacting to events. EteqøIytbeTAnwgsßankarN_ . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 115 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB problem cMeNaT b¤ bBaða problem identification karkMNt;bBaða see also: problem-solving approach sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karedaHcMeNaT The initial step in the problem-solving KWCaCMhandMbUgkñúgkaredaHcMeNaT edayeFVIbBa¢I approach, where a list is made of common mYyénbBaðaTaMgLayCaTUeTA rYcehIyeFVIsa problems or issues stated in a simple and eLIgvijedaybnSl;TukEt bBaðaNaEdlTaMg general way, and re-framed to make them sgxagTTYlsÁal;rYmKñafa mandUecñaHEmn . acceptable to all parties. problem-posing approach viFIsa®sþkñúgkarelIkbBaða see also: action learning cycle, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vdþeronsURtBI elicitive/prescriptive skmµPaB/ EdlbMpusKMnit¼Edldak;bBaØtþi A pedagogical approach developed by Paulo viFIKruviTüamYyEdlbegáIteLIgedayelak )a:vLÚ Freire, in which people become active ERhVr nigEdleFVI[mnusSkøayCaGñkcUlrYm participants in examining problems of concern skmµkñúgkarBinitübBaðaCakgVl;rYm CaCagRKan; to them rather than passive recipients of Etrg;caMTTYlnUvcMeNHdwgRsab;² . kñúgviFIenH knowledge. As part of this approach, learning kareronsURtRtUvTak;TineTAnwgCIvitkñúgsgÁmCak; should be relevant to the social context of the Esþgrbs;smaCikEdlcUlrYm nigbegáInsmtßPaB learner’s lives and should empower them to rbs;BYkeK [cUlrYmedaHRsayy:agskmµnUv deal actively with the issues they face. bBaða EdleKCYbRbTH . problem-solving approach viFIsa®sþedaHRsaybBaða see also: collaborative problem-solving, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rYmKñaedaHRsaybBaða/ decision-making kareFVIesckþIseRmccitþ An approach which involves defining the CaviFImYyEdlbgðajfa TMnas;CabBaðarYm ehIy conflict as a common problem and working in RtUveFVIshRbtibtþikarCamYyPaKIÉeTot edIm,I cooperation with other parties to find rkdMeNaHRsay . vapÞúyRsLHGMBIviFIRbQm mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 116 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB solutions. It can be contrasted with the dak;KñaEdlPaKITMnas;emIlKñafa CaPaKIRbqaMg adversarial approach which views the other EdlRtUvEtp©aj;[)an ehIyminRtUveFVIshRbti disputants as opponents or enemies to be btþikarCamYyeLIy . defeated, rather than cooperated with. problem-solving workshop sikçasalaedaHRsaybBaða Informal, off-the-record meetings (usually CakarCYbKñaeRkApøÚvkar¬CaFmµtaeRcInéf¶¦ eday over several days) where unofficial KµankMNt;ehtu EdlcUlrYmedaysmaCik¬Kµan representatives of the parties to protracted, karEtgtaMgCapøÚvkar¦énKUPaKIkñúg TMnas;mYy deep-rooted conflict engage in collaborative EdlsIuCMerAnigGUsbnøayyUrmkehIy . eKeFVI analysis of the conflict as a shared problem viPaKCamYyKñanUv TMnas;edaycat;TukvaCabBaða and generate alternative options for action. rYm nwgbMpuseLIgnUvCMerIsTaMgLaysMrab;eFVI Participants are typically selected mid-level skmµPaB . GñkcUlrYmeRcInEtCatYGgÁfñak; actors who have knowledge of the conflict and kNþalEdldwgc,as;GMBITMnas; nigEdlGacCH are in a position to influence key decision- \T§iBleTAelIGñksMerccitþ . eBlxøHeKehAviFI makers. Sometimes also referred to as enHfa{karrYmKñaedaHRsaybBaða} b¤ {karBieRKaH interactive problem-solving or third-party eyabl;CamYyPaKITIbI} . consultation. problem tree edImeQIbBaða see also: conflict tree sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ edImeQITMnas; A graphic tool for group problem analysis in Ca]bkrN_RkahVik sMrab;eFVIviPaKbBaðaCaRkumkñúg community development. The diagram of a karGPivDÆn_shKmn_ . rUbedImeQIEdlman tree with roots, trunk and branches is used as b£s edIm nigEmk RtUveKykmkeRbICa]bkrN_ an aid to identify the main problems and CMnYy sMrab;rkemIlbBaðasMxan;² nigpSarP¢ab; establish the cause and effect relationships ktþamUlehtu eTAnwgktþalT§pl . ]bkrN_enH between these problems. It ensures that ‘root CYyeK[rkeXIj {b¤sKl;énbBaða} ehIyedaH causes’ are identified and addressed, not just Rsayva edayBMuEmnRKan;EtedaHRsaynUveraK the symptoms of the problems. sBaØaénbBaðabu:eNÑaHeT . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 117 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB procedural justice yutþiFm’tamnItiviFI see concepts of justice sUmemIlBakü³ RTwsþIényutþiFm’ procedural problems bBaðaekItmkBInItiviFI Problems which arise from decision making KWCabBaðaEdlekItmkBI nItiviFIkñúgkareFVIesckþI procedures which do not consider relevant sMerccitþ EdlBMu)anKitdl;ktþaCak;Esþg b¤k¾ facts or the interests and needs of stakeholders, plRbeyaCn_nigtMrUvkarrbs;GñkBak;B½n§ b¤mYy or which do not follow established and BMu)anKitdl; dMeNIrkarEdlRtUv)anbegáIteLIg accepted processes. These can intensify and nigmankaryl;RBmrYcmkehIy . bBaðaenHGac complicate disputes which might be resolved eFVI[TMnas;kan;Ettantwg nigsaMjúaMxøaMgeLIg relatively easily if proper procedures were ehIyerOgenHeKGaceCosvag)an ebIsinCaeK followed. GnuvtþnUv nItiviFImYysmRsb . process dMeNIrkar see also: procedural problems sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ bBaðaekItmkBInItiviFI a. A series of actions or operations performed k> skmµPaB b¤RbtibtiþkarmYyExSEdleFVIeLIg in order to do, make or achieve something, edIm,IsMercnUvGVImYy ]>dMeNIrkarksagsnþiPaB. e.g. a peacebuilding process. x> EbbbTEdlGVImYyRtUv)aneFVIeLIg b¤ EbbbT b. The way something is done, or the way EdlmnusSeFVIkarCamYyKña ]> dMeNIrkarénkar that people work together, e.g. decision- eFVIesckþIsMerccitþ KWsMedAGMBInItiviFI b¤EbbbT making process refers to the procedures or EdlesckþIsMerccitþRtUv)aneFVIeLIg CaCagGMBI the way that decisions are made rather than xøwmsarenAkñúgesckþIsMerccitþenaH . their content. projection karqøúHbBa©aMgRtLb; a. In psychoanalytic theory, a defence k> enAkñúg®TwsþIviPaKcitþsa®sþ KWCaynþkarkar mechanism in which various unaccepted BarxøÜnmYyEdlkñúgenaH KMnit nigsnÞúHcitþTaMg thoughts and impulses are externalised by b:unµan EdlBMuGacTTYlyk)an RtUvbeBa©jmk mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 118 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB attributing them to another person rather than edayniyaydak;eTAmnusSmñak;eTot CaCagdak; oneself, e.g. “I hate you” becomes “you hate elIxøÜnÉg ]> eKRtUvniyayfa {´s¥b;GñkÉg} me.” EtEbrCafa {GñkÉgs¥b;´} eTAvij b. The assumption that other people act or x> karEdlKitfaGñkÉeToteKeFVI b¤KitdUceyIg perceive in a similar way to us, e.g. people ]> mnusSEdlemIlgayGñkdéT ecHEtKitfaGñk who “look down” on others will assume that déTemIlgayxøÜnEdr . others also “look down” on them. propaganda kareXasna a. Public dissemination of information, k> karpSaydMNwgCasaFarN³ eTaHBit b¤eFVI[ whether truthful or deceptive, intended to xkcitþkþI kñúgbMNgeFVI[eKsÁal;eKaledACayuT§ promote strategic or ideological objectives. sa®sþ b¤eKaledAxagmenaKmviC¢aepSg² . b. False or inaccurate information used by a x> Bt’manxusb¤BMuRtwmRtUveRbIR)as; eday government or political party to win public rdæaPi)al b¤ KNbkSneya)ay edIm,ITTYl)an opinion. karKaMRTBIsaFarN³mti . protracted social conflict TMnas;sgÁmyUrGEgVg see also: conflict, deep-rooted conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;/ TMnas;cak; Protracted means for an extended or prolonged b£ssµúKsµaj period of time. Protracted social conflicts are CaTMnas;ekItmanyUrmkehIy rvag RbCaCati/ long-term conflicts among national, ethnic, CatiBn§/ sasna b¤Rkumvb,Fm’ EdlemIleTA religious, or cultural communities that are eXIjfaBi)akedaHRsay . eRcInekItmkBIbBaða difficult or apparently impossible to resolve. suICeRmA dUcCa GtþsBaØaN/ snþisux/ karminesµI They often involve deep-rooted issues of PaBCalkçN³rcnasm<½n§/ nig »kas)ancUlrYm identity, security, structural inequalities and y:ageBjelj . opportunities for effective participation.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 119 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB public consultation karBieRKaHsMueyabl;saFarNCn A process allowing earlier, more meaningful, CadMeNIrkarEdlGnuBaØat[man karcUlrYmBI and wider public participation in decision- dMbUg nigy:agTUlMTUlayBIsaFarNCn kñúgkar making and influence in the outcome of a sMerccitþ nigCH\T§iBleTAelIlT§pléneKal policy or decision to be made by government neya)ay b¤ esckþIsMerccitþEdleFVIeLIgeday or private business, etc. Different approaches rdæaPi)al b¤ CMnYjÉkCn . eKeRbIviFIeRcInEbb include publication of future plans, hearings, dUcCa karpSayGMBIKMerageTAGnaKt svnakar/ advisory bodies, and complaint/ombudsman RkumRbwkSaeyabl; nignItiviFIkñúgkarTTYlbNþwg procedures. b¤EtgtaMgGñktMNagrdæedaHRsayvivaT . public declaration esckþIRbkasCasaFarN³ see also: conflict of interest sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;plRbeyaCn_ a. A written public statement or announcement k> CaÉksarRbkasCasaFarN³ b¤esckþIEføg GMBI of intentions, terms of an agreement, etc. ectna/ GMBIlkçxNÐénkic©RBmeRBog .l. b. An open declaration of assets or gifts x> karRbkasCacMhnUvRTBüsm,tþi b¤GMeNay received by people in public office, used as a EdlTTYl)aneBlkan;muxtMENgsaFarN³ . means of promoting transparency and avoiding eKeFVIdUecñHkñúgbMNgbegáIntmøaPaB nigeCosvag conflicts of interest. TMnas;plRbeyaCn_ .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 120 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB pyramid analysis karviPaKtamsaCIRCug b¤ tam BIra:mIt see also: actors and approaches, multi-level sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ tYGgÁnananigviFIsaRsþ triangles epSg²/ RtIekaNBhukRmit A graphic tool used to analyse conflicts that Ca]bkrN_RkahViksMrab;eFVIviPaKnUv TMnas;Edl have more than one level. Considering each manelIsBImYykMrit . karBicarNaelIkMrit level helps to identify key actors and nImYy² GacCYy[rkeXIjnUvtYGgÁ nig FnFan resources and how they relate to each other sMxan;² RBmTaMgTMnak;TMngKñaeTAvijeTAmk both within the same level (horizontally) and TaMgkñúgkMritesµIKña ¬ExSTTwg¦ TaMgkñúgkMritxusKña between levels (vertically). ¬ExSbeNþay¦ .

tic

kMritTI1 Rb ¬kMBUl¦ Level One Ca (Top) C n Ed kMritTI2 ¬kNþal¦ Level Two (Middle) l b:H Ba l; kMritTI3 ¬mUldæan¦ Level Three (Grassroots) eRcIn

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 121 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB questioning sil,³kñúgkarsaksYr see also: closed question, communication skills sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ sMnYrbiT/ or tools, open question CMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg Asking appropriate questions is an essential b¤meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg/ sMnYrebIk aspect of skilful communication, which can karecHsYrsMnYrsmRsbCaTidæPaBmYyd¾sMxan;én help to build relationships and to transform CMnajkñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg nigkñúgkarksag conflict. In addition to eliciting information, sm<½n§PaB nigEkERbTMnas; . eRkABIkarcMraj;)an good questioning and listening can also help Bt’man/ karecHsYr nigecHsþab; GacCYyGñk others to become more aware of their own déT[kan;Etyl;GMBIehtupl tRmUvkar nig motives, needs and interests. plRbeyaCn_rbs;eKpÞal; . race BUCsasn_ The main groups that people are divided into RkummnusSsMxan;² EdlEbgEckeTAtamBN’ according to the colour of their skin and other sm,úr nigPinPaKragkayepSg²eTot . physical features. racism Rbkan;BUCsasn_niym a. The belief that the members of each race k> CMenOEdlfa smaCikénCatisasn_nImYy² possess specific characteristics and abilities manlkçN³sm,tþi nigsmtßPaBBiess² Edl that distinguishes them as superior or inferior GacsMKal;)anfa BYkeKRbesIrCag b¤Gn;Cag to other races. sasn_déT . b. Prejudice or discrimination towards x> buernicä½y b¤karerIseGIgRbqaMgnwgGñkNamñak; someone based on their racial origins. A edayQrelIBUCsasn_edImrbs;eK. mnusSEdl person who believes or acts in this way is Kit b¤eFVIskmµPaBEbbenH ehAfa {CnRbkan; called a racist. BUCsasn_} . rapport karTak;TgKña A relationship characterised by mutual karTMnak;TMngKñaedayQrelIkaryl;citþKña understanding and empathy. eTAvijeTAmk. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 122 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB reaction Rbtikmµ see also: fight-flee, response sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RbQmmux-rt;eKc/ A reaction is any conditioned, habitual kareqøIytb response to an external stimulus. Habitual KWCakareqøIytbtamTmøab; eTAnwgGVIEdl)an reactions to conflict or danger must be TTYlmkBIxageRkA . eKRtUvyl;[)anc,as; understood in order to develop alternative, GMBIkareqøIytbCaTmøab;eTAnwgTMnas; b¤eTAnwg more skilful responses. eRKaHfñak;NamYy edIm,IGaceFVIkareqøIytbtam EbbepSgeTotEdlmanlkçN³buinRbsBVCag. recommendation Gnusasn_ reconciliation karpSHpSaeT,IgvijJ see also: conciliation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karpSHpSa The process of restoring and rebuilding CadMeNIrkarksageLIgvijnUvTMnak;TMng rvag relationships between people that have been mnusSEdl)anEbk)ak;KñaedaysarTMnas; . divided by conflict. reconstruction/recovery karksageLIgvij¼ karCasHes,IyeLIgvij see also: post-conflict ¼kardwgxøÜneLIgvij Post-conflict or post-war efforts to rebuild a sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ eRkayTMnas; functioning society, chiefly through CakarRbwgERbgeRkays®gÁam b¤eRkayTMnas; infrastructure and economic reconstruction, edIm,IksageLIgvijnUvsgÁmmYy EdlGacdMenIr establishing democratic institutions, etc. Full kar)an CaBiess karksagehdæarcnasm<½n§esdæ post-conflict recovery requires an integrated kic©/ karbegáItsßab½nRbCaFibetyü.l. karpSHpSa approach to reconciliation, economic eRkayTMnas;d¾eBjelj tMrUv[bBa©ÚlKñanUv karpSH development and reform. pSaeLIgvij karGPivDÆn_esdækic© nigkarEkTRmg; . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 123 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB referee GaCJakNþal see also: arbitration, private judging sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karvinicä½y/ karkat;kþI eRkAtulakar In dispute resolution, a neutral third party, kñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas; KWCaPaKITI3GBüaRkwt typically appointed by a court, who arbitrates EdlCaFmµtaEtgtaMgedaytulakar ehIyEdl one or more issues under prescribed rules. kat;kþIelIbBaðamYy b¤eRcIn tamc,ab;Edl)an kMNt; . referendum RbCamti The process of referring an important KWCadMeNIrkarelIkeLIgnUvbBaðaneya)aysMxan; political issue (e.g. an amendment to the NamYy ¬]> eFVIviesaFnkmµrdæFmµnuBaئ sYreTA constitution) to the electorate to be decided RbCaBlrdæ[seRmccitþ tamkare)aHeqñatCa by a popular vote. sakl . reframing karerobcMKeRmagniyayeLIgvij see also: communication skills or tools sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ CMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg b¤meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg Reframing is the process of changing the CadMeNIkarpøas;bþÚrbribT b¤ {eRKag} eTAelI context or “frame” around a message to make esckþIEføgNamYy edIm,I[manlkçN³sßabna it more constructive, less offensive or kMu[GviC¢maneBk nigCYy[karCECkKñaGaceTA negative, or to help move dialogue forward. mux . viFIenHtRmUv[rk[eXIjnUvplRbeyaCn_ It involves identifying underlying interests Edlbgáb; ehIyelIkvabgðajmksafµICalkçN³ and restating them in a positive way. It is a viC¢man . vaCa]bkrN_mYyd¾xøaMgkøakñúgkar powerful communication tool for moving R)aRs½yTak;Tg edIm,IQanBIkarExVgmtiKña eTA from differences to potential common rkmUldæanrYmNamYyCayfaehtu . ]bkrN_ ground, to be used by conflictants or by third enHeRbIR)as;edayPaKITMnas; b¤PaKITIbI . parties.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 124 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB refugee CnePosxøÜn see also: displacement sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karpøas;bþÚrTIkEnøg edaybgçMcitþ Someone who has been forced to leave their CaCnmñak; EdlRtUv)anbgçM[cakecjBIRbeTs own country and seek refuge elsewhere to rbs;xøÜn ehIyEsVgrkkarRCkekanenARbeTs escape war or persecution. déT edIm,IeKcBIs®gÁam b¤BIkarpþnÞaeTas . regulatory negotiation karcrcaerobcMc,ab;Tmøab; see also: principled negotiation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karcrcaCaeKalkarN_ The use of mediated negotiations in the CakareRbIR)as;karcrcatamkarsMruHsMrYl edIm,I setting of regulations, in which the interested erobcMc,ab;Tmøab; EdlenAkñúgenaH PaKIBak;B½n§ party and the responsible agency are brought nigPaKIsMruHsMrYl CYbCMuKñaedIm,IerobcMxñat KMrU b¤ together to develop standards and procedures nItiviFIEdlTaMgGs;KñaGacTTYlyk)an . that are mutually acceptable. reintegration smahrNkmµCafµI see also: demobilisation, disarmament, post- sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karrMsay/ conflict kardkhUtsBaVvuF/ eRkayTMnas; The process of integrating combatants back CadMeNIrkarbBa©ÚlGtItyuT§Cn eTAkñúgsgÁmCati into society. In post-war recovery, vij . kñúgdMNak;kalpSHrbYseRkays®gÁam reintegration is seen as part of disarmament, manEpñkTaMgbIy:agsMxan;KW kardkhUt sBaVvuF/ demobilisation and reintegration (DDR). karrMsay nigsmahrNkmµCafµI . response kareqøIytb see also: reaction sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ Rbtikmµ A response to a situation is more informed, kareqøIytbeTAnwgsßankarN_NamYy KWmanlkçN³ thoughtful and creative than a compulsive or dwgerOg føwgEføg nigécñRbDit/ dUecñHvaRbesIrCag habitual reaction. RbtikmµeTAtamEtTmøab; b¤edaysarGt;RTaMBMu)an . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 125 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB responses to conflict kareqøIytbeTAnwgTMnas; see approaches to conflict, conflict style sUmemIlBakü³ rebobedaHRsayTMnas;/ critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas; responsibility karTTYlxusRtUv restitution karpþl;sMNg/ karEkéx[vij a. The process of bringing something back to k> kareFVIGVImYy[RtLb;eTArksPaBedImvij its original state by replacing, repairing, etc. edayCMnYsb¤edayCYsCul .l. b. The act of restoring or giving back to the x>karbgVilsgGVImYyEdlRtUv)anlYceTA[m©as; owner something that was stolen, or of edImvij b¤ karecjsMNgxUcxatelIRTBüsm,tþi paying for damage to property or injury. b¤sñamrbYs . restorative justice yutþiFm’tamsMNg see also: concepts of justice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RTwsþIényutþiFm’ Restorative justice is designed to heal the yutþiFm’EbbenHeFVIeLIg edIm,IpSHpSaTMnak;TMng relationship between victim and offender rvagCnrgeRKaH nigGñkRbRBwtþi/ CaCagkardak; rather than to punish the wrongdoer. This TNÐkmµeTAelIGñkxus. vatMrUv[mankarsMueTas requires apology from the offender, BIGñkxus karpþl;sMNg nigkarGt;eGaneTasBI restitution for the offence, and forgiveness GñkrgeRKaH . CaFmµtakic©karenHeFVIeLIgtam from the victim, usually through victim- ry³ karsRmuHsRmYlrvagGñkrgeRKaH nigGñk offender mediation. RbRBwtþixus . retribution kardak;eTas Punishment that is deserved as a result of karBin½ysmeTAtamkarRbRBwtþixus . CaerOy² wrongdoing. Often given with a sense of vamanlkçN³Cakartbt b¤Cakarsgswkvij . retaliation or revenge. retributive justice yutþiFm’tamkarBin½y b¤ sgswk see concepts of justice sUmemIlBakü³ RTwsþIényutþiFm’ mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 126 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB revenge karsgswk rights siT§i see also: human rights sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ siT§imnusS Legal, official or moral entitlements or karmanlT§PaB b¤esrIPaB tampøÚvc,ab; tam freedoms, including the United Nations pøÚvkar b¤tampøÚvsIlFm’ edayrYmTaMgesckþIEføg Universal Declaration of Human Rights, karN_Casaklrbs;GgÁkarshRbCaCati sþIGMBI rights enshrined in national constitutions, and siT§imnusS/ TaMgrdæFmµnuBaØCati/ TaMgsiT§iCa other legal and customary rights, such as the TMenomTmøab;epSgeTotEdlRsbc,ab; dUcCa right of access to common property siT§ieRbIR)as;FnFanrYm/ siT§iqøgkat;dIFøIEdlmin resources, or the right to cross property EmnCarbs;xøÜn ¬siT§ieRbIpøÚv¦ . which does not belong to oneself (right of way). rights dispute vivaTGMBIsiT§i see also: interest dispute sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ vivaTGMBIplRbeyaCn_ A labour dispute related to an existing right, CaCemøaHkargarmYy Bak;B½n§eTAnwgsiT§iEdlFana under law, contract or collective bargaining edayc,ab;/ xsnüab¤GnusBaØarYm .l. ]> siT§i agreement, etc., e.g. the legal right to a tamc,ab;kñúgkar)ankéRmtamGRtamYy sMrab; certain rate of pay for overtime work. eBleFVIkarelIsem:ag . role-play karsMEdgtY A simulation of a real-life situation in which CakarsMEdg dUcenAkñúgsßankarN_énCIvitBit² training participants act the parts of other EdlsikçakamedIrtYeFVICabuKÁlepSg . Qutqak characters. Role-plays created by participants begáItedayGñkcUlrYm edayQrelIbTBiesaFn_ based on their actual experience of conflict Cak;EsþgénsßankarN_TMnas; GacCYy[rk situations can help to identify and practice eXIj nigeronGnuvtþnUvkareqøIytbd¾smRsb appropriate responses to conflict within that eTAnwgTMnas; enAkñúgbribTenaH . qakerobeRsc mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 127 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB context. A set piece is a role-play where the KWCakarsMEdgtYEdlkMNt;CamunedayRKUbegÁal characters are pre-determined by trainers in edIm,IeronGnuvtþCMnajBiessNamYy dUcCa order to practice specific skills such as karR)aRs½yTak;Tg b¤karsRmuHsRmYl . communication or mediation skills. round table RbCMutumUl see also: dialogue sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsnÞna A round table discussion is one where CakarBiPakSamYy EdlRKb;KñaGaccUlrYm)an everyone can participate equally, with y:agesµIPaB edaymankarRBmeRBogelIbT mutually agreed guidelines and a facilitator, ENnaM nigelIGñksRmbsRmYl . CaviFIedIm,I used as a way to promote dialogue between CMruj[mankarCECkKñarvagPaKIBak;B½n§ . stakeholders. rumour BaküccamGaram Unverified or unconfirmed information that CaBt’manEdlKµankarRtYtBinitü b¤karbBa¢ak; is passed from person to person in a EdlqøgBImñak;eTAmñak; enAkñúgshKmn_mYy. community. saving face karrkSamuxmat; see face / face-saving sUmemIlBakü³ muxmat;¼karrkSamuxmat; scapegoat GñkrgkMhusGñkÉeTot see also: prejudice, stereotype sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ buernicä½y/ pñt;KMnit A person who is intentionally blamed or CaCnEdleKsþIbenÞas b¤dak;eTasedayectna punished for someone else’s mistake or sMrab;kMhusEdlGñkepSg)aneFVI . RkummnusS wrongdoing, when it is not their fault. EdleKmanpñt;KMnitminl¥eTAelI KWeRcInEtCaGñk Stereotyped groups are often victims of rgeRKaHCMnYsGñkdéT sMrab;bBaðaepSg²Edlman scapegoating for the problems in a particular enAkñúgsgÁm . society. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 128 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB shuttle diplomacy dMeNIrkarpøÚvTUtRtLb;cuHeLIg see also: diplomacy sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTUt International negotiations conducted by a karcrcaelIqakGnþrCati EdlmanGñksMruHsMrYl mediator travelling repeatedly between the eFVIdMeNIrcuHeLIgrvagRbeTsBak;B½n§ . countries concerned. shuttle mediation karsMruHsMrYlRtLb;cuHeLIg see also: mediation sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karsMruHsMrYl A stage of the mediation process where KWCadMNak;kalmYyéndMeNIrkarsMruHsMrYl Edl parties do not meet or communicate directly, PaKITMnas;BuMTak;TgKñaedayRtg;eLIy ehIyGñk and the mediator goes back and forth sMruHsMrYleTAmkcuHeLIg edIm,ICYbPaKITaMgsg (“shuttles”) to meet separately with each xagdac;BIKña . viFIenHGacmanRbeyaCn_enAeBl side. This may be necessary at the beginning eKcab;epþImsMruHsMrYl b¤kñúgTMnas;Edlkan;Ettwg of mediation, or if the process deteriorates, Etg ehIyEdlKµankarTukcitþKñarvagKUPaKI . especially in very polarised conflicts where there is a lack of trust between the parties. skill CMnaj social boycott kareFVIBhikarrbs;sgÁm When a society collectively refuses to engage sßankarN_enHekItman enAeBlEdlsgÁmmYy in normal social and commercial relations )anbdiesFCasmUhPaB BMuRBmmanTMnak;TMng with an individual or group, with the aim of xagsgÁmkic© b¤BaNiC¢kmµudUcFmµta CamYyGñk making life uncomfortable to the point that Namñak; b¤RkumNamYy kñúgeKalbMNgeFVI[CIvit they will decide to leave. The strategy does BYkenaHkan;EtlM)ak ehIysMerccitþedIrecj not involve violence or destruction of edayxønÉg . kñúgyuT§sa®sþenH BMumankar property etc. eRbIGMeBIhigSa b¤karbMpøajRTBüsm,tþi>>> eT. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 129 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB social change karpøas;bþÚrkñúgsgÁm see also: active nonviolence sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSaskmµ a. The ways in which the characteristics of k> lMnaMbgðaj[eXIjnUvkarpøas;bþÚrénlkçN³ social systems change. TaMgLayenAkñúgRbB½n§sgÁm . b. The structural transformation of political, x> CakarEkERbEbbEpnénRbB½n§xag neya)ay social and economic systems to create a more sgÁmkic© nigesdækic© edIm,IksagsgÁmmYy equitable and just society, brought about Rbkbeday smFm’ nigyutþiFm’ tamry³kar through advocacy, awareness-raising and ts‘Umti karbegáInkaryl;dwg karGb;rMsaFarN³ public education, popular mobilisation, and karRbmUlRbCaCn[KaMRT nigmeFüa)ayGhigSa other nonviolent means. epSg²eTot . social conflict TMnas;kñúgsgÁm see also: conflict sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas; Conflict over inequality of power and KWCaTMnas;enAelIPaBminesµIKñaénGMNac nig authority, discrimination, income, access to smtßkic©/ elI karerIseGIg R)ak;kMér kareRbI resources, opportunities, etc. within and R)as;FnFan »kas .l. enAkñúgRkum nigrvag between different social groups. RkumepSg²kñúgsgÁm . sphere of influence Edn\T§iBl A person’s sphere of influence contains the enAkñúgEdn\T§iBl rbs;GñkNamñak; KWmanGVI² things that they are able to influence. It is EdleKGacCH\T§iBleTAelI . CYnkaleKeRbob sometimes compared to the sphere of eFobeTAnwg {EdnénkarykcitþTukdak;} Edl concern, which is the wider sphere of things manTMhMFMeFg EdleKkgVl;kñúgkarykcitþTuk that they are concerned about, but may not be dak; k¾b:uEnþeKGacnwgKµanlT§PaBCH\Ti§Bl eTA in a position to influence. elI)an .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 130 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB spoilers PaKIraMgsÞH Parties who obstruct the effective KWCaPaKIbgá]bsKÁ kñúgkarGnuvtþn_kic©Qb;)aj; implementation of a ceasefire or a peace Kñab¤dMeNIrkarsnþiPaB edaykareRbIhigSab¤ process, and use violence or other methods to meFüa)ayepSgeTot eRBaHeKeXIjfa snþiPaB achieve this, because they see peace as a vaKMramkMEhgdl;GMNac nigplRbeyaCn_rbs; threat to their power or interests and can eK ehIyeK)ancMenjCagkñúgkarminGnuvtþtam. benefit more from non-compliance. karKitbBa©Úl b¤karRKb;RKg PaKIraMgsÞH KWCa Incorporating or managing spoilers is a major bBaðaRbQmd¾FMmYy sMrab;eCaKC½y b¤braC½yén challenge in the success or failure of peace dMeNIrkarsnþiPaB . processes. stable peace snþiPaBsßitsßir see also: peace, positive peace sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ snþiPaB/ snþiPaBCaviC¢man A long-standing relationship between two TMnak;TMngd¾Cab;lab;rvagRbeTsBIr EdlenAkñúg countries in which war or the threat of force enaH s®gÁam b¤karKMrameRbIkmøaMg ElgCacemøIy is no longer considered to be an acceptable or GacTTYlyk)aneTotehIy kñúgCemøaHGVImYy possible response to any dispute between rvagRbeTsTaMgBIr . them. stages of conflict dMNak;kalénTMnas; see also: conflict, conflict analysis sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;/ viPaKTMnas; A graphic tool that shows changes in the Ca]bkrN_RkahVik EdlbgðajGMBIkarERbRbYl intensity of conflict over time. The basic énkmøaMgTMnas;eTAtamkalevla . karviPaKCa analysis uses five stages, which generally mUldæaneRbIR)as;kRmitR)aMfñak; EdlCaFmµta occur in order and may reoccur in similar EtgekIteLIghUrEhtamlMdab; nigGacekItsa cycles: pre-conflict, confrontation, crisis, CafµIkñúgvdþRsedog²Kña³ munTMnas;/ karRbQm outcome, and post-conflict. dak;Kña/ vibtiþ/ lT§pl/ nig eRkayTMnas; . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 131 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB stakeholder Cn b¤ PaKIrYmcMENk b¤ PaKIBak;B½n§ see also: participatory decision-making sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ esckþIseRmccitþ edaymankarcUlrYm a. A person with an interest or a concern in k> CaGñkEdlmanplRbeyaCn_ b¤manCab;Tak; something. TgnwgGVImYy . b. Any person or group that can affect or is x> nrNamñak; b¤RkumNamYyEdlGacEkERb b¤ affected by a conflict or decision. TTYlkarb:HBal;BITMnas;b¤esckþIsMercNamYy. Responsible conflict management and karsMerccitþ b¤karRKb;RKgTMnas;EdlmanPaB decision-making requires consideration of the TTYlxusRtUv tMrUv[mankarykcitþTukdak;BIpl effects on all stakeholders. vi)akEdlnwgCHeTAelIPaKIBak;B½n§TaMgGs;. stakeholder analysis kareFVIviPaKGMBICn b¤ PaKIrYmcMENk b¤ see also: conflict analysis PaKIBak;B½n§ A tool for identification and analysis of who sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karviPaKTMnas; is involved in a conflict, where their interests Ca]bkrN_sMrab;rkemIlb¤viPaKBI GñkEdlTak; lie, and how they relate to each other in terms TinkñúgTMnas; fa etIplRbeyaCn_eKenARtg;Na of power and influence. This can also help to nig etITMnak;TMngGMNacnig\Ti§BlrvagBYkeK identify common ground, and develop many:agdUcemþc . vaGacCYy[rkeXIjnUv strategies to get the most effective support mUldæanrYm nigyuT§sa®sþsMrab;EsVgrkkarKaMRT for and reduce any obstacles to successful d¾skþisiT§i nigkat;bnßy]bsKÁ QaneTAdl; intervention. kareFVIGnþraKmn_edayeCaKC½y . standard xñatKMrU b¤ maRtdæan b¤ sþg;da statement esckþIEføgkarN_ status quo sPaBenAdEdl mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 132 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB stereotype karmanpñt;KMnitelIGVImYy/ pñt;KMnit see also: prejudice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ buernicä½y The generalised image created when enAeBlEdleKmanbuernicä½yeTAelIRkumNamYy prejudice towards a particular group is eKEtgEtbegáIt rUbPaBTUeTAmYysMrab;RkumenaH standardised and oversimplified to the extent rhUtTal;EtsmaCikTaMgGs;énRkumenaH RtUveK that all members of that group are seen as emIleXIjfamanlkçN³GviC¢manenaHdUc²Kña . having the same (negative) traits. strategy yuT§sa®sþ see also: tactic sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yuT§viFI The skill of careful planning to achieve a KWCa karbuinRbsb;kñúgkarerobEpnkaredayRbug desired goal. The application of strategic Rby½tñ edIm,IsMerceKaledAGVImYy . karKitKUr thinking and planning has been very well nigerobEpnkarCayuT§sa®sþ EdlGnuvtþ)anl¥ developed in war, and must also be applied in Nas;kñúgeBls®gÁam KWRtUvykmkeRbIpgEdr successful peacebuilding and conflict kñúgkarksagsnþiPaB nigRKb;RKgTMnas; [)an management. eCaKC½y . stress PaBtantwgkñúgGarmµN_ see also: tension, trauma sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ PaBtantwg/ rbYspøÚvcitþ A state of mental or emotional strain or sßanPaBGarmµN_ b¤pøÚvcitþEdltantwg ehIy tension, also producing physical effects, EdlCH\T§iBleTAelIragkay bNþalmkBIkar caused by a response to a difficult experience RtUvtbteTAnwgsßankarN_ b¤bTBiesaFn_d¾Bi)ak or situation. NamYy . strike eFVIkUdkmµ see also: cooling-off period, lockout sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ ry³eBlsMrab; An organised, collective refusal of employees eFVI[PaKIvivaTRtCak;citþnwgKñaeLIgvij/ LúkeGA to work, as a protest and in order to obtain a CakarRbEkkrYm BMuRBmcUleFVIkar erobcMeLIg concession from their employer as a condition edaybuKÁlik edIm,ITamTarGVImYyBInieyaCik Ca of their return to work. The Cambodian mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 133 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

Labour Law details which strikes are lawful fñÚrnwgkarRtLb;cUleFVIkarvij . c,ab;kargar and unlawful. In general, there should be no km<úCa manbBa¢ak;BI kUdkmµRsbc,ab; nigkUd strikes (or lockouts) until the period of kmµminRsbc,ab; . CaTUeTA GacmankUdkmµ conciliation and arbitration has been ¬b¤LúkeGA¦ )an luHRtaEtkarsRmuHsRmYl exhausted. nigkarkat;kþI RtUv)ansakl,grYcGs;ehIy . structural violence GMeBIhigSaEdlmanCarcnasm<½n§ see also: latent conflict, peace, positive peace, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;bgáb;/ snþiPaB/ violence snþiPaBCaviC¢man/ GMeBIhigSa Popularised by Johan Galtung, the concept of KMnitsþIGMBIhigSaCarcnasm½ karyl;dl;GarmµN_GñkdéT CaBiesseBl of others, especially someone who is in a eKkMBugqøgkat;sßankarN_lM)ak b¤QWcab; . difficult situation or suffering. x> karyl;Rsb b¤karKaMRTeyabl; b¤skmµPaB b. Agreement or support for someone’s GñkNamñak; . opinions or actions. symptom eraKsBaØa b¤ sBaØabgðajehtu tactic yuT§viFI see also: strategy sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yuT§sa®sþ An action or method planned to achieve a skmµPaB b¤viFIEdl)aneRKageLIg edIm,IseRmc particular effect or to manipulate a situation. lT§pl b¤edIm,IbgVilsßankarN_NamYy . For example, a delaying tactic is something ]TahrN_ yuT§viFIGUsbnøay CakareFVIeLIg done in order to cause a delay. edIm,IcMeNjeBlevla . taking sides karRbkan;mçag² see also: advocacy, bias, impartiality, neutrality sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karts‘Umti karlMeGog In a conflict situation, taking sides or GBüaRkwtPaB supporting one party and not the other is an enAkñúgTMnas; karRbkan;Etmçag² CaRbtikmµ instinctive reaction, stemming from a tendency FmµCatirbs;mnusS bNþalmkBIninñakarEdlecH to judge who is right and who is wrong. Etcg;vinicä½yfaGñkNaxus GñkNaRtUv . enAkñúg mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 135 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

Third parties in mediation and arbitration ynþkarsMruHsMrYl PaKITIbIRbwgERbgrkSatulüPaB processes will attempt to remain balanced or b¤GBüaRkwtPaB . k¾b:uEnþenAkñúgsßankarN_Edl impartial. However, other types of manGyutþiFm’b¤GtulüPaBGMNac bTGnþraKmn_ intervention such as advocacy or direct epSg²eTotdUcCa karts‘Umti b¤ skmµPaBeday action, especially in situations of injustice or cMeBaH GacnwgRtUveFVIeLIgedIm,IkarBarsiT§i nig power imbalance, may call for defending the plRbeyaCn_rbs;PaKImçagEdlRtUveKrMelaP . rights and interests of one party against the kñúgkrNIEbbenH bBaðaRbQmrbs;Gñkksag abuses of another. In such cases, the snþiPaBedayGhigSa KWedaHRsaybBaðaeday challenge for the nonviolent peacebuilder is kMu[mankars¥b;KMuKYneTAelIPaKImçageTot . to address the issues without hatred for the “opponent.” team Rkum b¤ Rkumkargar A group of people collaborating together to mnusSmYyRkumeFVIshkarCamYyKña edIm,IsMerc achieve a specific task. A mediation team is a kic©karGVImYy . RkumGñksMruHsMrYl CamnusSmYy group of people working together to mediate RkumEdleFVIkarrYmKña edIm,IsMruHsMrYlTMnas;Na a conflict. mYy . tension GaytPaB b¤PaBtantwg see also: pre-conflict, stress sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ munTMnas;/ a. A feeling of mental or emotional strain or PaBtwgEtgkñúgGarmµN_ suspense. k> CaPaBtantwgkñúgGarmµN_ b¤menaseBa©tna b. A tense situation or relationship is one b¤ eBlrMBwgcaMGVImYy where a conflict produces feelings of mistrust x> sßankarN_ b¤TMnak;TMngEdlmanPaBtwgEtg KW and hostility which may escalate. enAeBlNa EdlTMnas;begáItnUvGarmµN_énkarmin Tukcitþ nigkarRbQmdak;KñaEdlGacrIkraldal.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 136 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB terrorism ePrvkmµ There is no common international agreement BuMmankarRBmeRBogGnþrCatiNamYy edIm,Ipþl; on the definition of terrorism. One working nUvniymn½yrYmdl;BaküePrvkmµ eLIy. eKGac definition is: the systematic and calculated [niymn½ymYyfa³ CakareRbI b¤KMrameRbIGMeBI use of violence or the threat of violence to higSa edaykarKitTuk nigRKb;kal³eTs³ edIm,I create a climate of fear, often intended to begáItbrikasP½yxøaceTAelIeKaledANamYy Ca influence the decisions or policies of a target BiesskñúgeKalbMNgCH\T§iBl eTAelIkarsMerc audience. Disagreements remain over citþ b¤elIeKalneya)ay . karBMuyl;RsbKña whether state forces can commit terrorism (in sßitelIcMNucfa etIkmøaMgrbs;rdæGaceFVIePrvkmµ the American definition, terrorism can never )anEdrb¤eT ¬cMeBaHshrdæGaemrik ePrvkmµBMu be inflicted by a state, but there can be “state GaceFVIeLIgedayrdæNamYy)aneT k¾bu:EnþGac sponsored terrorism”), whether attacks man{ePrvkmµKaMRTedayrdæ}¦/ etIkarvayRbhar against military targets or property is eTAelIeKaledA¼RTBüsm,tþieyaFa vaCaePrvkmµ terrorism, whether targets need to be random Edrb¤eT/ etIeKaledAénkarvayRbharRtUvEtBMu rather than predictable, and the distinction erIsmux CaCagGVIEdleKGacTayTukmun)an/ nig between terrorism and warfare. elIcMnucxusKña rvagePrvkmµ nigkareFVIs®gÁam . theory RTwsþI see also: praxis sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kareRbIR)as;CMnaj a. A system of ideas or concepts explaining k> CaRbB½n§énKMnitsMrab;Bnül;GVImYy CaBiess something, especially when it is not yet GVIEdlBMuTan;)anbBa¢ak;enAeLIy faCakarBit . proven to be true. x> cMeNHdwgGMBIeKalkarN_CaTUeTA b¤EbbbTén b. Knowledge of the general principles or sil,³ b¤viTüasa®sþEdlxusKñaBIkarGnuvtþn_ . methods of an art or science, as distinguished from practice. theories of conflict/theories of peace RTwsþITMnas;¼RTwsþIsnþiPaB The terms theories of conflict and theories of BaküTaMgenH sMedAdl;RTwsþIEdlBüayamEsVg peace refer to theories that try to understand yl;GMBImUlehtu nigplvi)akénTMnas; nigkar mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 137 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB the causes and effects and to describe the ksagsnþiPaB nigkmøaMgrbs;va/ kñúgeKalbMNg dynamics of conflict and peacebuilding in order riHrkviFIbgáar nigbTGnþraKmn_d¾skþisiT§i taMgBI enhance effective prevention and intervention, kMritrvagbuKÁl rhUtdl;kMritGnþrCati . from interpersonal to international levels. third party PaKITIbI see also: insider partial, mediation, taking sides sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ Someone who intentionally becomes mnusSTMnukcitþénPaKICemøaHmçag/ karsMruHsMrYl/ involves in a conflict situation without taking karRbkan;mçag² sides in an effort to help find a solution, CaGñkNamñak; EdlcUlBak;B½n§edayectnaenA typically by improving communication and kñúgsßankarN_TMnas;NamYy edayminkan;eCIg increasing mutual understanding. A third xagNa kñúgeKalbMNgCYyrkdMeNaHRsay Ca party may be an outsider who has no direct BiessedaybegáInnUvTMnak;TMngl¥ nigkaryl;Kña connection to the conflict, or an insider eTAvijeTAmk. PaKITIbIGacCaGñkmkBIxageRkA partial who works in a balanced way to help EdlBMumanTak;TineTAnwgTMnas; b¤k¾CamnusS find a mutually acceptable solution. TMnukcitþénPaKICemøaHmçag EdleFVIkaredaymin Mediators, arbitrators, conciliators, and lMeGog edIm,IrkdMeNaHRsayEdlTaMgsgxag facilitators are all examples of third parties. GacTTYlyk)an . GñksMruHsMrYl/ Gñkkat;kþI/ GñksMrbsMrYl suT§EtGaceFVICaPaKITIbITaMgGs;. third party intervention kareFVIGnþraKmn_rbs;PaKITIbI see also: intervene/intervention, third party sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GnþraKmn_¼ Third party intervention is the act of a third bTGnþraKmn_/ PaKITIbI party “coming between” the parties to a CaskmµPaBrbs;PaKITIbI enAcenøaHPaKIkñúgTMnas; conflict, or deliberately entering a conflict b¤mYycUleTABak;B½n§edayectnakñúgsßankarN_ situation in order to influence the process or TMnas;mYy/ kñúgeKalbMNgCH\T§iBleTAelI outcome. ynþkar b¤eTAelIlT§plénsßankarN_enaH .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 138 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

Third World BiPB b¤ elakTIbI see also: cold war, non-aligned movement sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ s®gÁamRtCak;/ Used to refer to all the less economically and clnamincUlbkSsm<½n§ industrially developed countries of the world eKeRbIBaküenHsMedAdl; RkumRbeTsEdlman as a group, located mostly in Africa, Asia and esdækic© nig]sSahkmµTn;exSayenATVIbGaRhVik/ Latin America. The term originated during GasuI nigGaemrikLaTIn . BaküenHcab;kMeNIt the Cold War, when “first world” referred to kñúgsm½ys®gÁamRtCak; EdleBlenaH {BiPB the developed capitalist countries and TImYy} sMedAdl;RbeTsmUlFn nig {BiPBTIBIr} “second world” to the communist countries, sMedAdl;RbeTskumµúynIs b:uEnþBaküenHeKElg although these terms were seldom used. The eRbIeTotehIy. eKeRcIneRbIBakü {xageCIg} nig terms “North” and “South” or “Developed” {xagt,Úg} b¤Bakü {RbeTsGPivDÆn_} nig and “Developing” are more commonly used {RbeTskMBugGPivDÆn_} CMnYsvij edIm,IbBa¢ak; now to express the difference between First PaBxusKña rvagBiPBTImYy nigTIbI . and Third World. threat karKMramkMEhg a. A statement of intention to harm someone, k> karEføgBIectnabgáGnþraydl;nrNamñak; kñúg especially if they do not do as you wish, eKalbMNg RtYtRtaGMeBIGñkenaHtamry³kar intended to control someone’s behaviour bMP½y CaBiessenAeBleKBMuRBmeFVItamxøÜn . through fear. x> CabuKÁl b¤vtßúGVImYyEdlGacbgánUvGnþray . b. A person or thing likely to cause harm. timeline ExSbnÞat;eBlevla see also: conflict analysis sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karviPaKTMnas; A simple graphic tool that shows events ]bkrN_RkahViksamBaØ bgðajGMBIRBwtiþkarN_ plotted against time, used to understand the EdlekIteLIgkñúgeBlnImYy² . eKeRbIva edIm,I different experiences and perceptions of EsVgyl;GMBIbTBiesaFn_ nigsBaØaxn§rbs;PaKI different parties to a conflict. nImYy²enAkñúgTMnas;NamYy .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 139 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB tolerance karGt;eGan see also: closed mind, open mind, patience sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ citþ b¤KMnitceg¥ót a. The ability to endure something painful or cg¥l; citþTUlay¼KMnitebIkcMh/ esckþIGt;Fµt; difficult. k> karGacRTaMRTnwgGVIEdllM)akb¤eFVI[QWcab;. b. The willingness to recognise and respect x> karmanqnÞ³TTYlsÁal;b¤eKarBnUvCMenO/ KMnit others’ beliefs, opinions or behaviour. b¤karRbRBwtþirbs;GñkdéT . tools for analysis, communication, ]bkrN_sMrab;viPaK b¤ sMrab;TMnak;TMng b¤ intervention, etc. sMrab;GnþraKmn_ .l. see communication skills or tools, conflict sUmemIlBakü³ analysis CMnaj¼meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg/ karviPaKTMnas; top-down approach viFIsaRsþBIelIcuHeRkam see also: bottom-up approach sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ viFIsaRsþBIeRkam a. A hierarchical approach to problem- eLIgelI solving, decision-making, planning or k> viFIeRbIkñúgkaredaHRsaybBaða kareFVIesckþI management which begins with the interests sMerccitþ kareFVIEpnkar b¤viFIRKb;RKg edayepþIm of those at higher levels. KitBIplRbeyaCn_rbs;GñkenAxagelI . b. An approach which considers general x> viFIEdlcab;KitBIeKalkarN_ b¤RTwsþITUeTA mun principles or theories before fundamental or nwgKiteTAdl;PaBlMGitCamUldæan b¤Cak;Esþg . practical details. track one diplomacy karTUtpøÚvTImYy ¬kMritpøÚvkar¦ see also: multi-track diplomacy, track two sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTUteRcInpøÚv/ diplomacy karTUtpøÚvTIBIr Official government to government karcrcaCapøÚvkarrvagrdæaPi)al nigTMnak;TMng negotiations and international relations. GnþrCatiCapøÚvkar .

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 140 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB track two diplomacy karTUtpøÚvTIBIr see also: multi-track diplomacy, track one ¬kRmitpøÚvkar nigeRkApøÚvkarrYmKña¦ diplomacy sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karTUteRcInpøÚv/ The term track two diplomacy refers to karTUtpøÚvTI1 unofficial efforts by civil society actors to eKsMedAdl;karRbwgERbgeRkApøÚvkar rbs;tYGgÁ resolve conflicts within and between states. kñúgsgÁmsIuvil edIm,IedaHRsayTMnas;enAkñúg b¤ Since this initial distinction was made, many rvagrdæ . enAeBleKcab;epþImniyayBIkMritxus² different kinds of unofficial diplomacy have KñaTaMgenH mankic©karTUteRkApøÚvkarCaeRcInEdl been recognised, leading to the use of the RtUveKTTYlsÁal; rhUtTal;EteKcab;eRbIBakü term multi-track diplomacy. {karTUteRcInpøÚv} . transitional government/leader rdæaPi)alGnþrkal¼GñkdwknaMGnþrkal see also: transitional justice sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yutþiFm’Gnþrkal The government or the leader of a country CardæaPi)al b¤GñkdwknaMénRbeTsNamYyEdl appointed during a period of transition from EtgtaMgeLIgkñúgry³eBlGnþrkal qøgBIeBl conflict or repressive rule to democracy and manTMnas; b¤kardwknaMpþac;kar mkkan;lT§i before democratic elections are held. RbCaFibetyü nigenAmuneBlmankare)aHeqñat tamEbbRbCaFibetyü . transitional justice yutþiFm’Gnþrkal Strategies to deal with the past in just and CayuT§sa®sþEsVgrkKtiyutiþ nigkarTTYlxusRtUv responsible ways following a period of eRbIeLIgedIm,IedaHRsaybBaðaGtItkal/ Gnuvtþ conflict or repressive rule in order to bring kñúgry³kaleRkayTMnas; b¤eRkayrbbpþac;kar about a more just, democratic and peaceful NamYy kñúgeKalbMNgksagsgÁmmYyRbkb society. Truth commissions are an example of eday yutþiFm’ RbCaFibetyü nigsnþiPaB . transitional justice. {KN³kmµkarEsVgrkkarBit} enARbeTsGaRhiVk xagt,ÚgCa]TahrN_mYy ényutþiFm’Gnþrkal . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 141 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB trauma rbYspøÚvcitþ see also: stress sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³PaBtwgEtgkñúgGarmµN_ a. Emotional shock following a stressful or k> karb:HTgÁicpøÚvcitþ bNþalmkBIRBwtiþkarN_ disturbing event and sometimes having y:ab;yuWnNamYy EdlCYnkalGacCH\T§iBl lasting psychological effects. yUrGEgVgeTAelIpøÚvcitþ . b. A severe physical wound or injury to the x> CarbYsF¶n;F¶relIrUbkay EdlbNþalmk body caused by an external force, and the BIkmøaMgxageRkA nigCakarb:HTgÁicpøÚvkayEdl physical shock resulting from this. bNþalmkBIrbYsenaH . treaty sn§isBaØa see also: accord sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ kic©RBmeRBog A binding agreement under international law KWCakarRBmeRBogEdlRtUvEteKarBtam eRkam between two or more states or international c,ab;GnþrCati rvagRbeTs b¤GgÁkarGnþrCatiBIr organisations. b¤eRcInCagenH . triangle of power RtIekaNGMNac see also: power, victim sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GMNac/ GñkrgeRKaH A way of analysing power relationships by CaviFImYy edIm,IviPaKGMBITMnak;TMngénGMNac looking at three connected roles and attitudes edaysmøwgemIleTAtYnaTI nigGakb,kiriyaTaMgbI that people commonly take: persecutor, y:agEdlmnusSTUeTAEtgRbkan;yk³ GñkbgáTukç rescuer, and victim. dl;eK/ Gñkse®gÁaH/ nig GñkrgeRKaH . GñkbgáTukçdl;eK Prosecutor

RtIekaNGMNac Triangle of power GñkrgeRKaH Gñkse®gÁaH Victim Rescuer mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 142 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB tribunal tulakar A court or forum of justice; often used to Casalapþl;yutþiFm’ . GaceRbIsMedAdl; refer to a special court or commission that is tulakar b¤KN³kmµaFikarBiessNamYyEdl set up to deal with a particular problem or erobcMeLIgedIm,IedaHRsaybBaða b¤sßankarN_ situation. BiessNamYy . trigger/trigger event RBwtiþkarN_ bJsKl;énTMnas;/ An event that initiates a conflict or escalation. RBwtþikarN_beBaäHTMnas; RBwtiþkarN_EdlepþImbegáItTMnas; b¤karrIkraldal . truce karRBmeRBogQb;)aj;Kña see also: armistice, ceasefire sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ yuT§snþiPaB A temporary agreement by opposing parties bTQb;)aj; to cease hostilities, usually in order to conduct CakarRBmeRBogbeNþaHGasnñedayPaKITaMgsg negotiations. xagfap¥akkarvayRbharCaTUeTA KWedIm,IcrcaKña . trust building karksagTMnukcitþ Activities that lead towards the building of CaskmµPaBEdlnaMeTArkkarksagTMnukcitþ trust between individuals or groups. rvagbuKÁl b¤rvagRkum . truth karBit b¤ sc©³ see also: fact sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karBit truth and reconciliation commission KN³kmµaFikarEsVgrkkarBitnigpSHpSaeLIgvij (TRC) sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karpSHpSaeT,IgvijJ/ see also: reconciliation, transitional justice yutþiFm’Gnþrkal A special commission that is responsible for CaKN³kmµaFikarBiessmYy TTYlxusRtUvesuIb investigating crimes and/or human rights Gegát]Rkidækmµb¤karrMelaPsiT§imnusS enAkñúg abuses within a framework of national mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 143 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB reconciliation. The most famous example is Rkbx½NÐénkarpSHpSaCati . ]TahrN_d¾l,I the South African Truth and Reconciliation l,aj KWenARbeTsGaRhVikxagt,Úg Edlpþl;nUv Commission, which gave amnesty to those karelIkElgeTasdl; Gñk)anRbRBwtþ]Rkidækmµ guilty of crimes in return for their telling the CafñÚrnwgkarEdleKsuxcitþniyaykarBitGMBIbT truth about abuses under the previous rMelaPTaMgLay Edlrbbneya)ayCiHCan;BI repressive political system. mun)anRbRBwtþeLIg . unilateral CaÉketaPaKI see also: multilateral sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ BhuPaKI Involving only one party or side. An EdleFVIedayPaKIEtmçag . CakatBVkic© b¤kar obligation or commitment undertaken by one snüa EdleFVIedayPaKIEtmçagedayKµankar side without any reciprocal agreement from RBmeRBogtbvijBIPaKImçageTot ]> karQb; the other, e.g. a unilateral ceasefire. )aj;CaÉketaPaKI . Éketaniym KWCaRTwsþIEdl Unilateralism is the doctrine that a country RbeTsmYyRbkan;yk sMrab;kic©karbreTsrbs; should conduct its foreign affairs without the xøÜn edaymincaM)ac;RbwkSa b¤Cab;Tak;TgnwgCati advice or involvement of other nations. sasn_déT . unity ÉkPaB

Universal Declaration of Human esckþIEføgkarN_saklGMBIsiT§imnusS Rights sUmemIlBakü³ siT§imnusS/ siT§i see human rights, rights

values témø ¬témøkñúgsgÁm¦ The fundamental beliefs and ideas we have CaCMenOb¤KMnitCamUldæan EdleyIgTaMgGs;Kña about what is good and bad, right and wrong, manGMBIGVIEdll¥b¤GaRkk;/ RtUvb¤xus/ nigGMBI and how things should be. lkçN³EdlGVI²KYrEtman . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 144 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB value differences PaBxusKñaéntémø see also: values sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ témø Differences in fundamental beliefs about what PaBxusKñaénCMenOCamUldæanGMBIGVIEdll¥ b¤ is good and bad, right and wrong. Since GaRkk; GMBIGVIEdlRtUv b¤xus . edaysarCa values are normally non-negotiable, conflicts FmµtaeKBuMGaccrcaenAelI GVIEdlCatémø)an that focus on value differences are often very dUecñHTMnas;EdlepþateTAelI PaBxusKñaéntémø hard to resolve. eRcInEtBi)akedaHRsay . verification karBinitübBa¢ak; see also: monitoring, observing sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karRtYtBinitü/ Verification is a specialised kind of segátkarN_ monitoring, used to determine whether parties CaÉkeTsmü:agkñúgkarRtYtBinitü . eKeRbIva are complying with agreements they have edIm,IbBa¢ak;faetI PaKITaMgLay)aneKarBnUvGVI made. It can be used to build confidence EdlxøÜn)anRBmeRBogb¤eT . eKGaceRbIvaedIm,I between the parties that an agreement is being ksagkarTukcitþKñarvagKUPaKI fakic©RBmeRBog implemented fairly and effectively, and to RtUv)anGnuvtþy:agRtwmRtUv nigskþisiT§i nigpþl; explain reasons for non-fulfilment. nUvehtuplGMBIGVIEdlBMu)aneFVI . victim GñkrgeRKaH see also: triangle of power sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ RtIekaNGMNac a. Someone who suffers from hardship such k> CanrNamñak;EdlTTYlrgkarQWcab; eday as being attacked, cheated or persecuted or sarRtUveKbMBanelI RtUveKe)akbeBaäat RtUveK who is hurt in an accident. pþnÞaeTas b¤ k¾maneRKaHfñak; . b. Someone who takes on the role of victim in x> CanrNamñak;EdlTTYltYnaTICaGñkrgeRKaH a power triangle of persecutor, rescuer and enAkñúgRtIekaNGMNacEdlpÁMeLIgedayEpñkbIKW³ victim. GñkbgáTukçdl;eK Gñkse®gÁaH nig GñkrgeRKaH. victim-offender mediation karsMruHsMrYlrvagGñkrgeRKaH nigGñkRbRBwtþ see restorative justice sUmemIlBakü³ yutþiFm’tamsMNg mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 145 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB violence GMeBIhigSa see also: nonviolence, positive peace, structural sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ GhigSa/ snþiPaB violence CaviC¢man/ higSaEdlmanCarcnasm<½n§ Deliberate behaviour resulting in injury or GMeBIedayectna edIm,IbgárbYssñam b¤eFVI[QW harm. cab; . vision ckçúvisS½y a. A view or mental picture of a desired long- k> CaTidæPaB b¤CarUbPaBkñúgGarmµN_GMBIGVIEdl term future. eKcg;)aneTAGnaKtEvgq¶ay . b. The ability to see or imagine a desired x> karGacemIl b¤Rsm½yeXIjGnaKtEdlcg; future. )an . war s®gÁam see also: armed conflict, civil war, cold war sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ TMnas;sBVavuF/ Armed conflict between countries or other s®gÁamsIuvil/ s®gÁamRtCak; large scale armed groups. Defined by CaTMnas;tampøÚvGavuFrvagRbeTs b¤RkumRbdab; Wallenstein and Axell as a conflict with at GavuFmanRTg;RTayFM . elak v:alinEsþn nig least one thousand deaths in one year. elak Gak;Esl )anBiBN’nafaCa TMnas;mYy EdlmanmnusSsøab;y:agtic 1>000nak;¼qñaM . war crimes ]Rkidækmµkñúgs®gÁam see also: Geneva Conventions sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³GnusBaØaRkughSWENv A violation of established protections in KWCakarrMelaPbMBaneTAelIc,ab; b¤TMenomTmøab; international law and customs of war, defined éns®gÁam EdlmanEcgCaeRcInenAkñúgGnusBaØa largely by the Geneva Conventions. Acts such RkughSWENv. GMeBIdUcCakareFVI)abeTAelIeQøIy as mistreatment of prisoners of war or swk b£elIBlrdæsIuvil KWCa]Rkidækmµkñúgs®gÁam. civilians are war crimes. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 146 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB war criminal ]RkidæCnkñúgs®gÁam A person who has committed war crimes. nrNamñak;Edl)anRbRBwtþ]Rkidækmµkñúgs®gÁam . weak state rdæEdlmanRbB½n§dwknaMTn;exSay see also: failed state sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rdæEdlmanRbB½n§ mindMeNIrkar A country in which the central government CaRbeTsmYyEdlrdæaPi)alkNþal BMuGacRtYt has little practical control over much of its RtaTwkdICaeRcInrbs;xøÜn)an . territory. weapons control karRtYtBinitüsBaVvuF see also: arms control, weapons reduction sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karRtYtBinitüGavuF karkat;bnßysBaVvuF Legal restrictions on small arms and light sMedAdl;c,ab;dak;kMhitRtYtRtaelI GavuFFun weapons that can be carried or kept by private RsalEdlGaceRbIR)as; b¤kan;kab;)aneday citizens. RbCaBlrdæ . weapons reduction karkat;bnßysBaVvuF see also: arms control, weapons control sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ karRtYtBinitüGavuF karRtYtBinitüsBaVvuF Attempts to reduce the numbers of small arms KWCaeKaledAkat;bnßycMnYnGavuFFunRsal Edl and light weapons owned by private citizens. Gackan;kab;)anedayRbCaBlrdæ . kmµviFIkat; A voluntary weapons reduction programme bnßyGavuFedaysµ½RKcitþ KWmaneKaledATak; (VWRP) aims to convince private citizens TajRbCaBlrdæ ¬tamry³karGb;rMsaFarN³ (through public education and offering nig karpþl;nUvkarelIkTwkcitþ¦ [lHbg; nig incentives) to give up their weapons to the RbKl;GavuFrbs;xøÜn dl;GaCJaFr . authorities. mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 147 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB will qnÞ³ The conscious decision and intention to do CakarsMerc b¤karmaneKalbMNgedaymnsikar something, e.g. the political will to achieve a kñúgkareFVIGVImYy ]> qnÞ³neya)aykñúgkarQb; ceasefire. )aj;Kña . window of opportunity bg¥Úcén»kas A short period of time during which an Cary³eBlmYyd¾xøI EdlRtUvqk;»kas edIm,IeFVIGVI opportunity must be acted on or will be mYy[)an ebIBMudUecñaHeTvanwg)at;bg; . missed. win/lose yuT§sa®sþ QñH¼caj; see also: approaches to conflict, conflict style, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rebobedaHRsay win/win, zero-sum game TMnas;/ critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas;/ yuT§sa®sþ QñH¼QñH/ sßankarN_CemøaHmYydUcEl,g EdlBinÞúsgxagTUTat;)ansUnü a. An adversarial approach to conflict which k> karRbQmmuxdak;KñakñúgTMnas;EdleKsnµt assumes that in order for one party to win, the fa edIm,I[manmçagQñH mçageTotKWRtUvEtcaj;. other must lose. x> sßankarN_CemøaHmYydUcEl,g EdlTaMgsg b. A zero-sum game. xag)anBinÞúsUnüdUcKña . win/win yuT§sa®sþ QñH¼QñH see also: approaches to conflict, conflict style, sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rebobedaHRsay win/lose, zero-sum game TMnas;/ critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas;/ yuT§sa®sþ QñH¼caj;/ sßankarN_CemøaHmYydUcEl,g EdlBinÞúsgxagTUTat;)ansUnü a. An approach to conflict that assumes that if k> CarebobedaHRsayTMnas;mü:agEdlsnµtfa the disputants cooperate, it will be possible to ebImanshRbtibtþikarrvagPaKITMnas; enaHeK find a solution which satisfies all parties. GacnwgrkeXIjdMeNaHRsaymYy EdleFVI[PaKI TaMgGs;eBjcitþ . b. A positive-sum game. x> sßankarN_CemøaHmYydUcEl,gEdlsgxag )anBinÞúcMeNjdUcKña . mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 148 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB workshop sikçasala An intensive training course or problem- CavKÁbNþúHbNþalmYyeFVIedayKMhuk b¤CakarCYb solving meeting for a small group of RbCMuedaHRsaybBaðasMrab;GñkcUlrYmmYyRkumtUc participants, led by a trainer or facilitator. dwknaMedayRKUbgðat; GñksRmbsRmYlmñak; . zero-sum game sßankarN_CemøaHmYydUcEl,gEdlBinÞúsgxag see also: approaches to conflict, conflict style, TUTat;)ansUnü win/lose, win/win sUmemIlpgEdrnUvBakü³ rebobedaHRsay TMnas; critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas; yuT§sa®sþ QñH¼caj;/ yuT§sa®sþQñH¼QñH A situation or “game” in which the success of CasßankarN_ b¤Ca {El,g} mYyEdleCaKC½y one party requires the failure of another, for énPaKImçag tRmUv[PaKImçageTotbraC½y ]> example where there is a finite amount of enAeBlEdlFnFanvamankMrit PaKImçag²suT§Et resources available and the parties want more cg;)anelIsBIGVIEdlCakaresµIPaBKña . RTwsþIén than an equitable share. Game Theory makes El,genH )anEbgEckdac;BIKñarvag sßankarN_ a distinction between positive-sum situations EdlsgxagcMeNjBinÞúdUcKña ¬ehAEdrfa QñH¼ in which everyone can win (also called QñH¦/ sßankarN_EdlsgxagxatBinÞúdUcKña win/win), negative-sum games (also called ¬ehAEdrfa caj;¼caj;¦/ nigsßankarN_EdlBinÞú lose/lose) in which neither side can win, and sgxagTUTat;KñaeTA)ansUnü KW)anesckþIfa xag zero-sum games in which one side can win mçagGacQñH luHNaEtmçageTotRtUvcaj; . only if another side loses.

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa

PaKTI 2 sTÞanuRkm Exµr-Gg;eKøs

Part Two

Khmer – English Lexicon

Peacebuilding Lexicon - 151 - sTÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB kmµvtßú objective kmøaMgrkSasnþiPaBBhusBa¢ati multi-national peacekeeping krNIsikSa b¤GtßbTsikSa case-study ksagTMnukcitþ ¬kar¦ trust building ksagsnþiPaB ¬kar¦ peacebuilding ksageLIgvij ¬kar¦ reconstruction kat;kþIeRkAtulakar ¬kar¦ private judging kat;bnßysBaVvuF ¬kar¦ weapons reduction karTUt diplomacy karTUt ¬Gñk¦ diplomat karTUtpøÚvTIBIr track two diplomacy karTUtpøÚvTImYy ¬kMritpøÚvkar¦ track one diplomacy karTUteRcInpøÚv multi-tract doplomacy karpSHpSa conciliation karBartampøÚvTUt ¬kic©¦ diplomatic protection karBit fact karBit b¤sc©³ truth karBiPakSabMpusKMnit brainstorming karRbRBwtþi b¤TegVI behaviour kalkMNt; deadline kaer:cuHsMrug compatibility square (conflict square) kic©RbCMu meeting kic©RBmeRBog agreement kic©RBmeRBog b¤eyagelIsc©anumti accord kUdkmµ ¬eFVI¦ strike ekgRbv½Ba© ¬kar¦ exploitation ekIteLIgcMeBaHmuxCak;Esþg de facto Ekéx[vij ¬kar¦ restitution mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 152 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB kMNt;bBaða ¬kar¦ problem identification kMNt;ExSbnÞat; ¬kar¦ demarcation kMNt;RBMEdn ¬kar¦ delimitation kM)aMgmux b¤Gvtþman in absentia k,ÜndMeNIredIm,IsnþiPaB peace walk Rkbx½NÐ b¤eRKag b¤TMrg;kar framework Rkbx½NÐTsSn³ b¤KMnitCaeRKag conceptual framework Rkm b¤c,ab; code Rkum team RkumkarBarplRbeyaCn_ interest groups RkumKaMRT constituency RkumGñktMNag b¤muxgar deputation RkumRbwkSa council eRkayTMnas; post-conflict ExSbnÞat;eBlevla timeline xñatKMrU b¤maRtdæan standard KNbkS¼PaKI party KNbkSRbqaMg opposition party KN³kmµaFikarEsVgrkkarBit nigpSHpSaeLIgvij truth and reconciliation commission (TRC) Ktiyutiþ fairness KaMRT ¬Gñk¦ constituents KitRKb;RCugeRCay ¬kar¦ lateral thinking KURbqaMg adversary eKaledA goal eKaledArYm common goal KMnit b¤RTwsþI concept KMnitbiTCit b¤KMnitceg¥ótcg¥l; closed mind mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 153 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

KMnitebIkcMhr/ citþTUlay open mind KMramkMEhg ¬kar¦ threat KMramrkRbeyaCn_¼CMrwtykR)ak; ¬kar¦ blackmail RKbsgát; dominate eXasna ¬kar¦ propaganda XMuXaMgenAkñúgpÞHrbs;xøÜn ¬kar¦ house arrest XøaMBinitü¼RtYtBinitü ¬kar¦ monitoring ckçúvisS½y vision cgP¢ab; bind ccamGaram ¬Bakü¦ rumour cnÞúl;énbBaða pillar of issues crca negotiate crca ¬kar¦ negotiation crca ¬Gñk¦ negotiator crcaCaeKalkarN_ ¬kar¦ principled negotiation crcatampøÚvTUt ¬kar¦ diplomatic negotiation crcatamlkçN³vb,Fm’epSg²Kña ¬kar¦ cross-cultural negotiation crcatéfø bargain crcatéføedayrYmKña ¬kar¦ collective bargaining crcaerobcMc,ab;TMlab; ¬kar¦ regulatory negotiation critbuKÁlkñúgTMnas; conflict style clnamincUlbkSsm½

CMnajR)aRs½yTak;Tg communication skills or tools b¤meFüa)aykñúgkarR)aRs½yTak;Tg CMnYjsBVavuF arms trade CMnYymnusSFm’eBlmanGasnñ humanitarian emergency CMhr positions CMerIsl¥bMputsMrab;karRBmeRBog BATNA CMerIsepSg alternative CMerIsepSgkñúgkaredaHRsayTMnas; alternative dispute resolution (ADR) CMelaHelIkarBit fact-based dispute CMelaHRbdab;GavuF armed conflict CH\Ti§BlelI b¤man\T§iBlelI influence RCYtRCab ¬eFVI[¦ assimilate QøanBan ¬kar¦ aggression dkhUtsBVavuF ¬kar¦ disarmament dkhUtGMNac ¬kar¦ disempowerment dak;citþKMnitelIGVImYy ¬kar¦ mind-set dak;bgÁab; ¬Edl¦ prescriptive dak;bBaØtþi ¬Edl¦ prescriptive dak;eTas ¬kar¦ retribution dak;enAedayELk marginalise dwknaMtamExSTTwg lead laterally edaHRsayTMnas; ¬kar¦ conflict resolution edaHRsaybBaðaedayQrelIplRbeyaCn_ ¬kar¦ interest-based problem solving edaHRsayvivaT b¤CMelaH/ ¬kar¦ dispute resolution edImeQITMnas; conflict tree edImeQIbBaða problem tree Edn\T§iBl sphere of influence mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 156 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

édKU ¬PaBCa¦ partnership dMNak;kalénTMnas; stages of conflict dMeNaHRsayedayGnþrskmµ interactive resolution dMeNIrkar process dMeNIrkarpøÚvTUtRtLb;cuHeLIg shuttle diplomacy dMeNIrkarsnþiPaB peace process zananuRkm hierarchy ENnaM advise ts‘Umti ¬kar¦ advocacy tantwg ¬PaB¦ tension tantwgkñúgGarmµN_ ¬PaB¦ stress tamc,ab; de jure tamc,ab; legal taragepÞógpÞat;¼Binitü¼bBa¢ak; checklist tulakar tribunal tYnaTICaTIRbwkSa advisory role tYGgÁnananigviFIsaRsþepSg² b¤tYGgÁnana actors and approaches nigdMeNaHRsayepSg² tMNagrdæedaHRsayvivaT ¬Gñk¦ ombudsman tMrUvkar b¤esckþIRtUvkar needs tMrUvkarrbs;mnusS ¬RTwsþIén¦ human needs theory tMél ¬tMélkñúgsgÁm¦ values RtIekaN c> T> b> ABC triangle RtIekaNBhukMrit multi-level triangles RtIekaNGMNac triangle of power RtUvRbtibtþitam binding RtYtBinitüsBaVvuF ¬kar¦ weapons control RtYtBinitüGavuF ¬kar¦ arms control mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 157 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

EføgkarN_ ¬esckþI¦ statement EføgTukç ¬kar¦ grievance EføgedayykxøÜnÉgCa]TahrN_ ¬kar¦ ‘I’ statement EføgedayykxøÜnÉgCa]TahrN_ ¬kar¦ “I” statement TTYlsiT§i¼GMNac/ ¬Gñk¦ delegate TTYl[sñak; accommodate TTYlxusRtUv ¬kar¦ responsibility TTYlsÁal;KuNtMél ¬kar¦ appreciation TsSn³ point of view T½lRck ¬PaB¦ deadlock Tak;TgKña ¬kar¦ rapport Tak;TgeTAnwgtulakar ¬Edl¦ judicial Tak;TajTwkcitþ ¬kar¦ inducement TisedA objective Tieton ¬kar¦ criticism Tietonkñúgn½ysßabna ¬kar¦ constructive criticism Tukcitþ ¬esckþI¦ confidence eTas³ ¬esckþIs¥b;ex

TMnas;Bi)akRKb;RKg intractable conflict TMnas;BIbBaðaGtþsBaØaN identity conflict TMnas;sgÁmyUrGEgVg protracted social conflict TMnas;Rbdab;GavuFkMrittUc minor armed conflict TMnas;Rbdab;GavuFkMritmFüm intermediate armed conflict TMenomTMlab; custom RTwsþI theory RTwsþITMnas;¼RTwsþIsnþiPaB theories of conflict/theories of peace RTwsþIényutþiFm’ concepts of justice FmµyaRta dhammayietra eFVI[mansnþiPaB ¬kar¦ peacemaking eFVITukçeTas b¤pþnÞaeTas persecute eFVI)atukmµ picket eFVIBhikarrbs;sgÁm ¬kar¦ social boycott eFVImCÄtþkar arbitrate eFVIviPaK¬kar¦GMBI Cn¼PaKI Bak;B½n§ stakeholder analysis niTNÐPaB b¤PaBrYceTas impunity niyaypÞúy b¤RbqaMg contradict bgáarTMnas; ¬kar¦ conflict prevention bgÁab;[Rbtibtþi enforce bgÁab;¼dak;bBa¢adac;Nat; ¬kar¦ coercion bg¥ak;sin¬kar¦ ¬CapøÚvkar¦ moratorium bg¥Üc cUharI Johari Window bg¥Úcén»kas window of opportunity bc©amitþ enemy bdi b¤RbqaMgnwg anti- bdibkç ¬Gñk¦ antagonist bdibkçPaB antagonism mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 159 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB bdiesF ¬kar¦ denial bdiesFc,ab;rdæ ¬kar¦ civil disobedience bNþaj network bNþwgvivaT b¤kþIvivaT litigation bTQb;)aj; ceasefire bnßyPaBraldalénTMnas; ¬kar¦ de-escalation bBa©ÚlKña¬kar¦ b¤smahrNkmµ integration bBa©úHbBa©Úl ¬kar¦ persuasion bBa©úHbBa©Úl¼karBar sMNMuerOgNamYy/ ¬kar¦ lobby bBaða b¤cMeNaT problem bBaðaekItmkBInItiviFI procedural problems bBaðaRbQm b¤karBuHBar challenge bribT context brRbeyaK¼karbkRsayRbeyaK paraphrase eR)asRbNI b¤Gt;eGan/ ¬kar¦ mercy eRbIR)as;CMnaj ¬kar¦ praxis buernicä½y b¤karvaysµan b¤karsnñidæanmun prejudice benßaktMélCamnusS ¬kar¦ de-humanisation beBaäHGucGal ¬Edl¦ inflammatory bMpusKMnit ¬Edl¦ elicitive bMPitbMP½y ¬kar¦ intimidation bMEbøgTMnas;¼EkERb/ ¬kar¦ conflict transformation Rbkan;BUCsasn_niym racism Rbkan;mçag² ¬kar¦ taking sides Rbkan;RCulEdlmanKMnitceg¥ótcg¥l; ¬Gñk¦ bigot RbkasCasaFarN³ ¬esckþI¦ public declaration RbqaMgGkmµ ¬kar¦ passive resistance RbCaFibetyü democracy mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 160 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

RbCamti referendum RbCMutumUl round table RbCMusMruHsMrYledayELk¼RbCMuedayELk/ ¬kar¦ caucus RbQmmux - rt;eKc fight-flee (fight-flight) RbQmmuxdak;Kña ¬kar¦ confrontation Rbtikmµ reaction RbtikmµGviC¢man backlash RbtibkS adversary RbTajRbTg; ¬EdlGacmanlkçN³¦ controversial RbTUsra:y ¬kar¦ hostility RbFanbT b¤sac;erOg issue RbB½n§sIlFm’ morals RbmUlpþúM ¬kar¦ polarisation R)aRs½yTak;Tg ¬kar¦ communication RbwkSapþl;eyabl; ¬kar¦ counselling RbEkktv:a argue plRbeyaCn_ interest plRbeyaCn_rYm common interest pat;ecal ¬kar¦ exclusion epþImKMnitskmµCamun proactive epÞrGMNac b¤epÞrParkic© delegate EpnTITMnas;¼KMnUrTMnas;/ ¬karKUr¦ conflict mapping épÞkñúg b¤GVIEdlenAkñúg ¬buB§bT¦ intra- pþl;Bt’manRtLb; ¬kar¦ feedback pþl;yutþiFm’kñúgkarpSHpSaeLIgvij ¬kar¦ justice in reconciliation pþl;siT§iGMNac¼BRgwgGMNac/ ¬kar¦ empowerment pþl;sMNg ¬kar¦ restitution pþl;eyabl; advise mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 161 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB pþÜcepþImKMnit ¬kar¦ initiative pñt;KMnit/ karmanpñt;KMnitelIGVImYy stereotype pøas;bþÚrkñúgsgÁm ¬kar¦ social change pøas;bþÚrTIkEnøgedaybgçMcitþ ¬kar¦ displacement pøas;bþÚrbTBiesaFn_pÞal;xøÜn nigEpñkvb,Fm’/ ¬kar¦ personal and cultural exchanges pSarP¢ab;eTAvijeTAmk inter-related pSHpSa ¬Gñk¦ conciliator pSHpSaeT,Igvij ¬kar¦ reconciliation BlrdæsIuvil civilian Bhuniym pluralism BhuPaKI multilateral Bhuvb,Fm’ multi-cultural Bak;B½n§¬Cn¦ b¤PaKIBak;B½n§ b¤PaKIrYmcMENk stakeholder BinitübBa¢ak; ¬kar¦ verification BieRKaHsMueyabl;saFarNCn ¬kar¦ public consultation BieRKaHeKalneya)ay ¬kar¦ policy dialogue BUCsasn_ race BYtédKñaCabkSrYm¼RkumcMruH¼sm½

GBüaRkwtPaB neutrality GP½yÉksiT§itampøÚvTUt diplomatic immunity GPivDÆn_ ¬kar¦ development GPivDÆn_GgÁkar ¬kar¦ organisational development (OD) GhigSa nonviolence GhigSaskmµ active nonviolence Gakb,kiriya behaviour GaccUldl;¼GaccUleTACit)an ¬Edl¦ accessible GaCJakNþal referee GaCJakNþal ¬Gñk¦/ b¤emGeNþIk go-between GaCJaFr authority Gaf’kM)aMg confidence GaytPaB tension Gasnñd¾sµúKsµaj ¬PaB¦ complex emergency GMNac power GMNackñúgkarsMruHsMrYl power mediation GMNacbgçM coercive power GMNacpøÚvcitþKMnit moral authority GMeBIhigSa violence GHGag b¤bBa¢ak; affirm GñkdwknaM ¬PaBCa¦ leadership GñkrgkMhusGñkÉeTot scapegoat GñksMrbsMrYl moderator \riyabf/ citþ attitude \riyabfGviC¢man b¤critGviC¢man negative attitude ]bkrN_xÞwm)araMg onion tool ]bkrN_dUNat; b¤]bkrN_xÞwm)araMg doughnut tool (onion tool) mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa Peacebuilding Lexicon - 171 - snÞanuRkmkarksagsnþiPaB

]bkrN_sMrab;viPaK b¤sMrab;TMnak;TMng b¤sMrab;GnþraKmn_ tools for analysis, communication, .l. intervention, etc. ]Rkidækmµkñúgs®gÁam war crimes ]RkidæCnkñúgs®gÁam war criminal ÉkPaB unity ÉketaPaKI ¬Ca¦ unilateral »kas/ »kasEdlmkdl; opportunity

mCÄmNÐledIm,I snþiPaB nigGPivDÆn_ viTüasßanbNþúHbNþal nig RsavRCavedIm,IGPivDÆn_km<úCa